RF_IH_4_SUDHA.pdf
Media
- extracted text
-
RF_IH_4_SUDHA
PRIMARY HEALTH CARE AN IMPORTANT COMPONENT OF
THE INTEGRATED APPROACH TO CHILD WELFARE
by
Dr. H. W. Butt, Director,
Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare, Hyderabad.
Indo-Dutch Project for Child Welfare is
a joint venture between the Netherlands Foundation,
the Government of India and the Government of Andhra
Pradesh.
Programmes have been designed to cover the
age group of 0-16 for which a concerted effort is
being made on many fronts:
To strengthen primary health care services,
a new strategy for introducing a trained volun
tary local village health agent, viz. the Grama
Svasthika to take care of malnourished, pregnant
and lactating mothers and work in close collabo
ration with the Multipurpose Health workers;
Creches have been established for children
in the age group of 6 months to 2 1/2 years and
are run by locally trained creche mothers under
the supervision of the primary health staff;
Bilwadies for children in the age group
of 2 1/2 years to 5 years run by local trained
mother-teachers.
Primary school improvement programmes have
been introduced in the local primary schools for
...2...
the age group of 6 - 11 years with a revised
syllabus which includes health, nutrition
and recreation.
Nonformal education programmes to develop
the youth especially.those out of school in
the age group of 12 - 16 years.
Emphasis is given to women because of
the important role they play as mothers.
Mahila Mandals have been geared to strengthen
and provide support to these aspects.
Nutrition programmes have been initiated
to help the local mothers and farmers by
introducting back yard poultry units, small
dairy units, nutrition demonstration units
and school gardens»
Short training programmes in village
centres for village women.
Communication process emphasising on
simple items on health care, education,
nutrition etc.
The detailed aspects of the project
will be discussed.
INDO DUTCH PROJECT FOR CHILD WELFARE
( STICHTING NETHERLANDS KINDERHULP PLAN )
MODEL BALWADI-CUM-FIELD TRAINING UNIT, CHEVELLA
(AN EXPERIMENT WITH "MOTHER TEACHERS")
A CLASS IN SESSION AT THE MODEL BALWADI
INAUGURATION
BY
His ^Excellency K. S3).
GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH
In the presence of
His Excellency Tj. A. IVAEUilfia
NETHERLANDS AMBASSADOR
on 27th September 1976 at 11.00 a.m.
at Chevella, Hyderabad Dist,
MODEL BALWADI-CUM-FIELD TRAINING UNIT
A new experiment is being tried out in preschool education at Chevella by the Indo Dutch Project in which local women who have passed
the 5th grade or more are trained as Mother Teachers* to manage
all aspects of the balwadis for the age group of 3-5 years. Past
experience in the Chevella Block has shown that most of the balsevikas with their high school education and 11 months training in pre
school child education have not been very effective in the rural areas
due to lack of practical training in the field and because they -lack a
sense of belonging to the local area. In many cases parents have not
been involved in these efforts who are a key factor for proper psy
chological, physical and social development of child. By encoura
ging local talent there is not only a greater possibility of ensuring
continuity but also increasing the awareness of the importance of bal
wadis for the future development of the child. After organising a
special one mon h's course in mother teacher training four women
have been selected out of a group of 1 9 to run a Model Balwadi for
100 children under the direct supervision of a Lady Supervisor who
is a Home Science graduate and a trained Mukhya Sevika. In Che
vella 1350 sq. yards have been donated by the Zilla Parishad for the
Model Balwadi, the foundation of which has been laid by Late Mr.
V.G.M. Marijnen, Chairman of the Netherlands Foundation and former
Prime Minister of the Netherlands in November 1974 in the presence
of the Netherlands Ambassador, Mr. Tj. A. Meurs. One large room
with two small ones in this building provide space for 100 children
with facilities for kitchen, bath, lavatory etc. and a sand pit. An in
service training unit for six to eight balsevikas has been added to pro
vide opportunities of practical field experience for balsevikas / mother
teachers who would be deputed by different agencies and institutions.
These ad hoc courses for about a month or so could be designed in
collaboration with the Indian Council for Child Welfare and the Social
Welfare Board.
THE STORY OF THE PROJECT
Aim and origin :
The Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare has its origin in the personal
interest shown by the Queen of the Netherlands. This has taken the
form of establishing an integrated child care project in India on the
^Definition of a Mother Teacher.
~
'
A Mother Teacher need not always be a mother but she should have the attitude,
patience and love of a mother while teaching the child
2
basis of an agreement arrived at between the Government of India.
the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the Netherlands Foundation.
As a pilot Project it started in the year 1 970 in Chevella Block Hyderabaddistrictwhich has apopulationof1,17,000andan areaof961.9sq.
Kms. The main objective of this integrated approach is to improve
the quality of human life and to find ways and means of increasing the
effectiveness of the existing services in the different fields of child
welfare. The programmes drawn up concern the child during all
phases of its growth and development. They cover all aspects of
child care, health, nutrition and education. The duration of Project
8-10 years with a possibility of extending the period depending on
the results and the participation of the people and the Government.
The Project aims to develop self-reliance local initiative, leadership
and partnership for which it completly rules out dole-outs and charity
oriented programmes.
METHOD OF WORKING
In the Netherlands a Foundation has been established which includes
representatives of the Dutch branches of UNESCO and UNICEF. This
maintains a link with the Indian Advisory Board comprising Secretaries
to Government, Union Family Planning Commissioner, Director, Rese
arch Gove rnment of India, Director of National Institute of Nutrition
and representatives from reputed national agencies on social work
and child welfare. According to the agreement signed, programmes
initiated by the Project would be implemented by the existing staff of
the Block & District with the assistance of specialised institutions and
would be within the limits of the budget and the departmental plans.
Only such programmes would be taken up that are practical repea
table and within the resources of the people and the B lock. Progr
ammes that are successful and fall in line with the general policy of the
Government will be taken over gradually or in a phased manner by the
concerned Departments and agencies.
HEALTH :
Niloufer Health Team
The Niloufer Health Team which visits the Project . villages twice a
week, provides the services of preventive immunisation, ante-natal,
intra-postnatal services, nutritional services, health education, rese
arch, training of auxiliary nurse midwives, doctors, under-graduates
and post-graduates. The total number of visits by the children at the
pediatric clinics in 1 975 is 1 8,679. In 1 975, 9,497 visits have been
made by the women in the Project area to the obstetrjc clinics Num
ber of antenatal cases treated in 1975 is 4,801.
3
Achievements :
1.
Ina period of three yeers it was possible to eradicate diseases of
malnutrition in 7,000 children.
2.
Due to regular child care, 212 mothers have come forward to
accept a permanent method of family planning in one year.
3.
Programmes of practical field training have been arranged in the
Project area for senior Pediatricians of the UNICEF, WHO courses
from several countries. Research has been conducted in various
aspects of mat rnal and child care by post-graduates, interns of
the Osmania Medical College.
Multipurpose Health Workers Scheme :
The ANM experiment which was started in four subcentres is now
being expanded to the entire Block in 24 subcentres with 48 male
and female workers and 12 supervisors for whom special kits with
drugs have been designed along with a systematic reporting system.The
new role of the Niloufer Health Team will be monitoring this scheme,
giving on-the-spot guidance to the personnel and evaluation. This new
scheme has been inaugurated by the Health Minister Sri K. Rajamallu
on 18th September 1976,
Hyderabad Mix :
This is prepared from locally available ingredients, the composition of
which is evolved by the National Institute of Nutrition. The Mix con
tains jowar, bengal gram, ground-nut or cowpeas and jaggery in the
proportion of 4:2:2:1. The protein content of these packets is 10
grams with 250 calories and 50 international units of Vitamin A. They
are prepared by the Mahila Mandals and cost 30 paise a packet.
Contributions :
A special feature is the introduction of the contribution scheme where
mothers and children register themselves once for an amount of 50
paise which has totalled to an amount of nearly Rs. 5.000/- deposited
in the local post office under the name of the Sarpanch and the Block
Development Officer so that it could be used by the rural families
for drugs etc.
Training of Dais :
Forty six dais have been trained in a special intensive course for one
month. This will become a regular feature in which all the dais in the
Project area will be trained.
4
Family Planning Services:
The family planning drive has been encouraging for this area as a
result of improving maternal and child health services. It is estimated
that 35 per cent of the eligible couples of a priority group with three
children and more have been sterilised in the Block. In 1975,205
tubectorny operations were conducted at the primary health centre
while 1984 cases were followed up.
Preschool Education:
There are nearly 600 children on rolls at the 12 balwadis in the project
area with an average attendance of 442 children. Every year, about
100.children who have passed the age of 5 are admitted to the prim
ary schools. To encourage a feeling of sharing and partnership, the
parents contribute either 50 paise per month or 6 Kilograms of jowar
or cook the midday meals for four days in rotation.
Mother Teachers Training Course:
A one month's comprehensive mother teachers training courses have
been held for women who have passed the 5th grade, to work as
assistants to the balsevikas and craft teachers. These courses pro
vide opportunities to develop skills in teaching children, cooking
midday meals, preparing toys and visuals for teaching material. 42
women have been trained so far.
CRECHE:
Two creches have been established in Kanakamamidi and Dhobipet
for 50 children in the age group of one-year to provide an effective
learning situation to mothers by demonstrating simple methods of
child care; to involve mothers in the preparation of supplementary
diets with local ingredients and to improve the health of the children
by bringing down the mortality and morbidity.
MAHILA MANDALS :
Thirteen mahila mandals (women's clubs) have been established in the
Project area to help educate rural house wives in programmes of
health, education, nutrition and child care.
Economic projects
such as preparation of spice packets, protein packets and handicrafts
are taught to the members of these clubs.
KEYVILLAGE SCHEME:
A key village scheme has been established in Chevella to which the
Project has contributed its share for non-recurring expenditure espe
cially for the construction of 5 key village subcentres.
INDIVIDUAL DAIRY FARMING SCHEME :
This scheme is aimed at involving farmers in programmes of child
welfare by encouraging them to use better quality of milch cattle.
INDIVIDUAL BACKYARD POULTRY UNITS:
Six poultry units with 100 birds each have been started by young
farmers who have been trained in poultry management. They repaythe
amount of loan by supplying eggs to the balwadis and creches,
NUTRITION DEMONSTRATION UNITS :
The main objective of these units is to establish a chain of demonstra
tions from cultivating the required crops by the farmers; utilising the
produce in the preparation of midday meals, supplementary foods
and protein packets by the members of the mahila mandals and orga
nising an effective nutrition education programme to educate the
village community by the balsevikas, craft teachers and the auxiliary
nurse midwives,
PRIMARY SCHOOL EDUCATION :
According to the basic design of the Project of involving the age
group of 0-16 years a new scheme to improve the quality of primary
education has been initiated for the age group of 6-1 1 years in coll
aboration with the Department of Education. New text books and
guide books have been designed after revising the curriculum by an
Expert Group, which will be implemented in 20 schools in the Project
area after training 60 primary school teachers.
URBAN PROJECT FOR CHILD WELFARE:
Based on the experience gained on the Chevella experiment a prac
tical and community oriented pilot project has been designed in coll
aboration with the Department of Health, Municipal Administration
in Hyderabad city, in Ward 19 and Blcoks 1 and 2 of Ward 20 for a
population of 58,000.
EVALUATION :
The National Institute of Community Development has published the
baseline survey and is now engaged in completing its report on eval
uating the Project programmes.
For any further information please contact :
Dr. H. W. Butt Director of Indian Bureau
Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare
6.3.885. Sornajiguda. HYDERABAD 500 004
Telephone; Off. 35938 Res. 33408
No.
3
Health/C.D.
A.P.
Indo-Dutch Project for Child Welfare
6-3-885, Somajiguda, Hyderabad - 500 004
1.
Started in 1969
2.
CoveragesChevalla block (pop. 1,17,000) was first
fully covered; confined to four subcentres covering
a population of 46,000 in 47 villages of the block.
Now covering all SCs under MPW scheme.
3.
Activities;
a.
Health - regular medical care;
4.
b.
immunization;
c.
Distribution of nutrition supplements (locally
prepared mix);
; '
d.
economic activities for Mahila Mandals such as
preparation of .protein mix and spice packets;
plus other typical activities.
.
e.
experiments with different types of pre-school
education programme (balwadis, nursery schools);
f.
smallscale dairy and poulty units for villagers;
g.
establishment of creches, nutrition demonstration
units, vegetable and fruit gardens;
h.
family planning.
i.
MPW schemes
Beginning in September 1976, block
has 24 subcentres with 1 male and 1 female health
worker per 5,000 pop. This is one of the blocks
selected for the mew government MPW scheme.
j.
Mother teacher training course.
To encourage
local mothers to assume responsibilities for child
welfare. Some of the successful trainees have
been appointed as Asst. Balsevikas or as craft
teachers in the mahila mandal;
k.
other developmental schemes - handicrafts, youth
clubs and intensive cattle development.
Personnel & Trainings
(7 staff plus postgraduates under
a Professor of Social Paediatrics).
a.
Health team under a Prof, of Social Paediatrics
from a city college visits the SCs twice weekly,
for delivery of health services and for training
ANMs and doctors in the programme;
2
No.
5.
r
3
b.
PHC/SC staffs
ultimate objective is,for -those to
take over the centre work,
allANMs are given
a population of 5,000 each.
Intensive courses for
dais have been held;
c.
Special BDO is stationed with the project.
Supervision & Reoords?
The systematic reporting syston
is based on simplified growth cards and family
folders plus registers. Monthly meetings are
held at the block level.
6.
Community & Other Participation? Mahila Mandals
.actively participate (as above).
7.
Sponsorship & Funds. The Netherlands Foundation and
. GOI, Health Ministry are co-sponsors.
Funding.
is by the foundation with government and insti
tutes' specialized staff.
8.
Evaluation. A longitudinal study by the College of
Home Science aims to study the progress of the
children. NICD is doing the overall evaluation;
baseline studies have been done by them earlier.
9.
Problems.
a) Attitudes of people to participation
in view of dependence on government'; b) too
vast an area for each worker.
11.
Contact?
Dr H.W. Butt, Director of Indian Bureau,
Indo-Dutch Project.
12.
Reference?
1976.
Note?
No information available on item 10.
Paper presented at the National Symposium,
No. 2
Rural Devlp.
Andhra Pradesh
Ardgyavaram Development Society, Madanapalle Taluk, Chittoor
District, Andhra Pradesh
1.
Started in 1974
2.
Coverage. 350 villages
3.
Activities.
a.
Education
b.
Family life
c.
Health Care, MCH'
. d.
Irrigation
e.
Setting up of cooperative societies for
farmers, population studies, etc.
4.
Personnel & Training.
The Society maintains .close
association with various- faculties of the Venkateswara
University and the Medical College of Tirupati.
7.
Sponsorship & Funds. Sponsored by the Government
of India and Andhra Pradesh,and financed by the
German Agency Evangelische Zentralstelle Fur
Entwicklungohilfc.
Note; No information available on items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11
and 12.
No.l
Health & C.C.
Andhra Pradesh
Andhra Mahila Sabha, University Road, Hyderabad
1.
Started in 1958
2.
Coverage.
General centres in the whole state of
Andhra Pradesh.
3.
Activities.
a.
Educational Services:
Balwadis with primary schools attached, high
schools, arts & science colleges, functional
literacy programmes for farmers in eight
districts in Andhra Pradesh.
This is integrated
with child-care and family welfare programmes.
b.
Health:
Hospitals, Family Planning Clinics,. ANM training
c.
Rehabilitation Centres:
Orthopaedic centres for the treatment, education
and rehabilitation of the physically handicapped
children.
d.
Training & Employment Services;
Handicrafts training institute - in printing and
dyeing textiles, toy-making, leather-work,
packaging and binding
12.
Reference. SEIO, UNICEF
Note;
No information available on items 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10 & 11.
1
ABOUT NW
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF NUTRITION
INDIAN COUNCIL OF MEDICAL RESEARCH
HYDERABAD - 500 007. INDIA
2.
Evolving suitable methods of treatment and
of nutritional problems which
would be feasible within the existing econo
• prevention
mic,
3.
Diet
and
Nutrition
have
a
far reaching
social
and
administrative
setup.
Operational research connected with imple
mentation
of
nutrition
programmes.
influence on the wealth and welfare of the people.
4.
Research on various aspects of nutrition
began in India in the year | 918, when an “Enquiry
into
Beri-Beri” was set up under Sir Robert
health
5.
McCarrison at Coonoor in South India. This Unit
p.s now grown into the National Institute of
Nutrition (NIN).
To dovetail Nutrition Research with other
programmes
Continuous
of
monitoring
the Government.
of
the
Nutrition
Situation in India.
6.
Training in Nutrition for young scientists,
Field studies are conducted in many villages
teachers in medical schools, health workers
NIN is celebrating the 60th Anniversary or
Diamond
Jubilee
this
year.
7.
Dissemination
of nutritional knowledge,
India.
8. Advising Governments and other organizations
NIN is one of the permanent institutes of the
Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR),
Ministry
of
Health,
Government
of
The Central Reference-Laboratory of the
National Nutrition Monitoring Bureau established
by
on questions of nutrition.
India.
ICMR
is
housed
at
NfN.
Food arid Drug Toxicology Research
The
Centre and the Laboratory Animal Information
Services Centre are also housed in the Institute.
In earlier years, research was concentrated
on
around Hyderabad as well as in other parts of
studying the diet and nutrition status of
The Institute has on its staff more than 100
various
populations; causes of nutritional
deficiency diseases and their treatment. Studies
scientists
on Nutritive Value of Indian Foods were initiated
and the results have been compiled into the book
^Nutritive Value of Indian Foods'.
geneticists, pathologists, statisticians, social
workers, psychologists, anthropologists, dieti
cians
and
others.
The
Later, the laboratories expanded the scope of
their activities into the clinical, biochemical and
public health fields.
The National Institute of Nutrition is now
recognised as a centre of Research and Training
in Nutrition in India and South East Asia. It
functions with the following objectives ;
I.
including
biochemists,
clinicians,
Library of the Institute well stocked
The institute is now located on a pleasant
with books, periodicals, reprints and slides is
campus near the Osmania University complex in
considered as one of the best scientific libraries
in India.
Hyderabad. It possesses well-equipped modern
Laboratory facilities and various sophisticated
equipment for biochemical, pathological, isotopic
and
physiological
investigations.
NIN is one of the first Organizations in India
to offer training in Nutrition to persons activelyengaged
in nutrition work at various levels.
Bed-side clinic facilities and outpatient
facilities are available at the two city hospitals
- Niloufer Hospital for Women and Children and
Seven training courses are conducted every year
Research on various dietary and nutritional
problems in the Laboratory, hospital and at
the Community level.
the
WHO,
Osmania
General
Hospital.
besides various Adhoc programmes. Participants
usually receive fellowships either from UNICEF,
ICMR
or
ICAR.
The Institute has made signal contributions
the
following
areas
I.
Nutritive Value of Indian Foods
2.
Nutrition and Growth .
3.
Nutrition and Work Capacity
4. Welfare of Mother and Child
The campus has a well appointed and comfort
table International Hostel which provides board
ing
and
lodging
for
the
participants.
A Nutrition Museum housed in the campus
highlights different aspects of food and nutrition
and
also the work done at the Institute.
5. Breast Feeding
6. Nutritional Deficiency Problems
7. Protein Energy Malnutrition
It
functions as a good education medium for persons
with diverse interests.
The Institute also publishes various low
priced periodicals and books. Two popular quar
terly Journals “Nutrition” and “Poshan” are
also brought out. These journals have a fairly
good
circulation all over India.
8.
Vitamin A Deficiency and Blindness
9.
Deficiency of B-Complex Vitamins
10.
11.
Anaemia
Malnutrition in Relation to Mental Develop
12.
Drug Metabolism and Nutrition
ment
13. Endemic Goitre
14. Pellagra
15. Fluorosis
15. Lathyrism
17. Food Contaminants and Food Toxins
18- Nutrition Surveillance of Communities
A*
-1
SOCIETY FOR DWSLggMBHT OF S3HICULTUB5 IMOSm
/
The Society at Tirupati 517501, Andhra Pradesh originally
started in 1974 Tor the development of sericulture industry, has
now devoted itself to all-round development.
In 1976, the
institution has taken up, after a socio—economic survey, an
integrated developmen, programme for 2,000 families in Chandragiri
block in Chittor district,(spread over 21 villages)
Objectives >
The Society will undertake any of the activities mentioned.
in the •Constructive Programe’.
Programmes•
Its present programmes are agriculture, education and.
training, recreation and culture in 21 villages covering 2,024
families.
Other programmes like livestock development covers
800 families, village and cottage industries including sericulture620 families, and irrigation-1,650 families in these villages.
It has 11 full-time and 19 voluntary workers.
B A ftlG A tO rtE - SgO 0i>1
Workers:
Mo. 5
Rural Development
Andhra Pradesh
Village Reconstruction'Organisation, 6/9 Brodipet, Guntur
1.
Started in 1969
2.
Coverage.50 villages, mostly in Andhra Pradesh,
but a few in Orissa and Tamilnadu also.
3.
Activities.
Construction of houses, health, agriculture
education, nutrition and village leadership training.
The VRO objective is towards remaking and adapting rural
village communities in such a way as to make them viable
and complementary to the urban development. Has worked
- in cyclone-affected areas.
4.
Personnel & Training. Volunteers; mostly graduates trained
inthe field, as well as in formal courses. Training of
various types- pre-SEKViao,in-service.-, .extension etc. are
given.
6.
Community and other Participation. Programmes start with
communal decision processes. The projects organisational
structure is matched by a corresponding one for the
village.
7.
. Sponsorship and Funds. Over 30 agencies have pooled
together responsibility and funds for VRO. VRO con
tribution is 30%, governments 50% and public's 15%.
8.
Evaluation. Research has just been started with some
in-depth socio-economic studies.
9.
Problems. Government funds are channelled through
various departments and hence not available in time.
The social climate is not easily amenable to development.
Professor M.A. Uindey S.J., Director
11.
Contact.
12.-
Reference. M.A. Windey, "A Rural Reconstruction Move
ment in India," paper presented at the Seminar on
Development Projects Designed to reach the Lowest
Income Groups, Paris, June 1974.
Note: No information available on items 5 and 10.
QP-13>
No. 4
Health & C.D
A.P.
Rayalaseema Development Trust, Amantapur, Amantapur District
1.
Started in 1975
2.
Coverage
3.
Activities
4.
14 clinics serving 70,000 population.
a.
Nutrition and immunization for under--ifiv.es;
b.
safe water supply;
c.
mother care;
d.
Illness care; •
e.
C.D.
• .
Personnel & Training.
ANM and ayah.
Each clinic has a doctor,
Rayalaseena Develbpffieht Trust.
7.
Sponsorship & Funds.
10.
Outlook. Future of project was in doubt in'September
1976 due to extraneous reasons.
11.
Contact.
12.
References.
Note:
No information available on items 5/ 6-^8:, 9.
Father Vincent Ferrer.
VHAI.
INTEGRATION OF NUTRITION SERVICES
WITH THE PRIMARY HEALTH SET-UP
by
Dr. Malathi Damodaran,
Senior Research Officer, National Institute
of Nutrition, Jamai Osmania, Hyderabad.
Malnutrition is an important public health
problem among infants, preschool children and pregnant
and nursing women in our country. Measures to alle
viate nutritional problems have largely remained
outside the health sector so far. The net-work of
primary health centres and their subcentres would
appear to be eminently suited to deliver nutrition
services to the rural areas. Community health
volunteers> envisaged to provide primary health care
to all the village level from a link "between the
governmental health system and the people. Nutrition
services are expected to be an integral part of the
several preventive and promotive functions undertaken
by the CHVs.
The feasibility of integrating nutrition services
at three levels of health set up viz. primary health
centre, sub-centre and at the village level have been
tried out at the National Institute of Nutrition,
Hyderabad. The results indicate that community health
volunteers can provide useful services to the community,
in the fields of nutrition and child health. With
proper training and guidance it is possible to integrate
nutrition services with M.C.H. activities of the auxi
liary nurse midwife. The trials also show that the
PHC can be used as a referral centre for■management
of nutritional problems, with minimum of additional
inputs, although at present, the effective coverage
by the PHCs levels much to be desired.
POLICY, STRATEGY AND PLANNING:
<t
:|NDO- DUTCH URBAN
PROJECT FOR CHILD
WELFARE
1.
The family will be considered as a unit for an integrated
programme of education, health and nutrition.
2.
The project aims to cover a population of 55,000 in Ward 19
and Blocks 1 and 2 of Ward 20 of Hyderabad city.
3.
There will be no free distribution of inputs but participation
in programmes can be in cash, kind or services.
4.
No programme will be initiated unless and until there is
sufficient response from the people. Families will be free to
accept, reject or modify the terms of participation or types
of services.
5.
Activities initiated will be such that they could be taken over
by local agencies later.
■6.
The criteria for selection of families are : (1) Preference will be
given to members of lower socio-economic strata; (2) The
participation of parents will be required.
7.
Some of the programmes suggested are :
(STTCHTING NEDERLANDS KINDERHULP PLAN)
This practical and community oriented pilot project has been
designed and will be implemented in collaboration with the
Department of Healtji, Housing and Municipal Administration,
the Urban Development Authority, the Municipal Corporation
and voluntary agencies to aim at improving the quality of life of
the child and youth in the age group of 0 to 16 years.
Emphasis is placed on :
1.
The overall development of the child;
2.
An integrated approach;
3.
Self reliance and local initiative;
a.
4.
Repeatability and continuity;
b.
Creches for children between 6 months and 2) years
5.
Effective participation;
c.
Balwadis for age group between 2J and 5 years
6.
Local leadership,
d.
Improving primary school education 6 to 11 years
7.
Strengthening of existing structures and institutions;
e.
Mahila Mandals for young women and mothers
Health Assurance Plan
8.
Public involvement, co-operation and contribution;
f.
Vigyan Mandirs for youth
9.
Training of all concerned personnel;
g.
Adult Literacy
10.
Research and evaluation.
h.
Library
CRECHE
HEALTH ASSURANCE [PLAN
GOALS :
GOALS :
This contributory scheme aims to educate families to adopt basic
health practices; improve the health of mothers, eradicate disea
ses of malnutrition in children and avoid illnesses through :
This plan aims at providing a healthy and safe environment for
children from 6 months to 2 1/2 years and to educate mothers in
improved practices in child rearingand preparing cheap and
nutritious weaning and infant foods.
a)
o
Prevention of diseases
b)
Early detection of diseases
c)
Prompt treatment
BENEFITS :
I.
Day Care :
An auxiliary nurse midwife,'a mother and one helper wili^T
be in charge of twenty children.
BENEFITS :
1.
Home visits by A. N. M.
2.
2.
All the pregnant mothers of the enrolled families will be regis
tered and regular checkup and treatment will be provided.
Normal cases will be seen by the A. N. M. and abnormal
cases by rhe doctors on their visits to the clinic.
Feeding Programme :
The children will be provided a balanced and nutritious y
meal prepared out of clicap and locally availablejngredients.
3.
3.
Assistance will be given during delivery and in the post
natal care of mother in normal cases.
Health Supervision :
The ANMS will be responsible for daily health check ups;
weekly supervision will be carried out by Health visitor and
visiting physician.
4.
Total immunization for children to prevent smallpox, polio
whooping cough, T.B. diptheria, tetanus, typhoid and other
diseases will be given.
4.
Child Care Guidance :
Guidance on prevention of diseases, health and diet to the
parents will be provided through lectures, discussions,
demonstrations and films.
5.11 Treatment of minor ailments like diarrhea, scabies, cough,
II simple eye and ear infection, minor accidents, etc. This will
11 not cover hospitalization, major and chronic ailments.
6.
Health education for mothers on personal hygiene, environ
mental sanitation, nutrition and spacing of children.
PARTICIPATION/REQUIREMENTS :
/Enrolment by jpoplhlj
services of the mother.
I
PARTICIPATION :
a.
? Enrolment in the plan willjbe by sharing 10 per cent of the,
I costs involved per nuclear family per year.
b.
Priority will be given to families having pregnant and lacta
ting mothers and children.
jscriptior
^11 or kind orj
A health certificate of fitness will be required before the
child is admitted.
c.
Children with any infection will not be allowed in the creche
at any time.
d.
Mothers will send their children clean and tidy each day.
■^7
4
BALWADI (PRE-SCHOOL)
VI GYAN MANDIR
(CENTRES OF LEARNING)
GOALS :
The balwadi provides an opportunity for children between the
a^es of 21 - 5 years to learn and play together in a healthy,
friendly and clean place.
The children acquire skills through listening, speaking and singing
and through motor and other activities that will make learning"
easier when they arc older.
GOALS:
These centres of learning aim to provide activities fcr youth tha f
arc :
1.
For self-improvement ;
2.
For Community service ;
3.
For recreation and exercise;
BENEFITS :
1.
The balwadi provides an environment which stimulates the
child’s physical .social and mental development.
2.
Day care will be offered by a mother-teacher and a helper.
3.
Feeding programme will consist of nutritious snacks. of lo
cally available ingredients such as sprouted gram and kichidi.
4.
Health care will include immunizations, treatment of minor
ailments and checks on each child's growth and develop
ment by an ANM/Health visitor/Physician.
5.
Child care guidance will be given to parents to assist in the
development of the child’s mind and body.
PARTICIPATION :
Enrolment by monthly subscriptions in cash or kind or services.
Preference will be given to children of participating and/or work
ing mothers.
INVOLVEMENT IN^ENEFITS :
'
I.
Economic projects that help improve their knowledge or
skills with an eye to upgrade human resources and not mcrely for immediate monetary gain. Technical and mechani
cal skills imparted will be .such that arc in demand by the
youth themselves that they can absorb_
2.
Self employment schemes.
3.
. Educational, cultural and recreational activities.
4.
Team work, community service and improvement of local
surroundings.
5.
Training, coaching, organisation and development of civic
responsibilities.
Department of Industries has offered assistance in securing
loans from banks, getting licences and teaching in manage
ment techniques.
PARTICIPATION :
Age group 10-16 years.
Enrolment will be on subscription basis and/or sharing the
responsibility of serving the club and the community.
The criteria of selection will be on the attitude of the youth who
arc prepared to contribute their time in serving the community.
area to be covered
MAHILA MANDAL (WOMEN’S CLUB)
Block No. 1.
Ward No. 20.
GOALS:
Name of the Localities :
A mahila mandal is a training centre that can offer programmes
of education, health, nutption, literacy, recreation.
1.
2.
3.
Behrupia Galli
4. Gollakhidki
Johari Galli
5. Bhagyanagar
Kokakitatti
6. Pardhiwada
7.
Shiv Nagar (Puranapul)
1.
2.
Kabular Khana
Golla Khidki
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Umda Bazar
Dood Bowli
Maharaj Gunj
Chatakni Pura
Meptbers can participate in determining the programmes.
Ward No. 20 Block No. 2.
J3ENEFITS :
1.
Education and training
2.
Economic Projects and selfremploymcnt schemes such as
tailoring, embroidery and making spice and protein packets,
envelopes etc.
3.
Cooking demonstrations and competitions to teach how to
prepare nutritious and cheap diets and foods.
4.
Adult literacy classes
5.
Cultural and recreational activities.
3. Hussaini Alam
4. Sukhmeer Kaman
Shibli Gunj
Ward No. 19 Block No. 1
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ward No. 19
Enrolment by monthly subscription and/or contribution of equipment/services to any plan of the project.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Ward-20
Block-1&2
Ward-19
5 Blocks
Total
54,088
Population
11,901
42,187
Slum population
2,733
(22.96%)
10,268
13,001
(24.34%) (24.04%)
Children under 0-5 age group
1,412
4,717
6,129
School going children
(below 14 years of age)
2,296
7,531
9,827
Women under 44
years of age group
3,012
9,230
12,242
Bibi Gunj
Fateh Darwaza
Moin Pura
. Kala Pathar
Chandulal Baradari Colony
Ward No. 19 Block No. 3
1.
2.
Jahanuma
Gazi Banda
5.
3.
Fatima Nagar
4.
Ottapalli
Shamsheer Gunj
Ward No. 19 Block No. 4
1. Hussaini Pura
3. Mahmood Nagar Colony
2. Kishan Bagh
4. Kondareddi Guda
5.
Zoological Park Colony
Ward No. 19 Block No. 5
1.
2.
e>
Block No. 2
1. Dood Bowli
2. Kamati Pura
3. Misri Gunj
4. Tad Ban
5. Gulshan Nagar
PARTICIPATION :
Bondal Guda
Golla Khidki
Bahadur Pura
Devi bag
Bahadur Pura Colony
Nandi Muslai Guda
INFORMATION REGARDING PROJECT ACTIVITIES
CAN BE HAD FROM DR. H. W. BUTT, DIRECTOR,
INDO-DUTCH PROJECT FOR CHILD WELFARE,
6-3-885, SOMAJIGUDA, HYDERABAD-500004.
TELEPHONE : 35938
•b
INDO DUTCH PROJECT FOR CHILD WELFARE
( STICHTING NETHERLANDS KINDERHULP PLAN )
MODEL BALWADI-CUM-FIELD TRAINING UNIT, CHEVELLA
INAUGURATION
BY
Mis Excellency K.
BHANDARE
GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH
In the presence of
His Excellency
A. MEURS
NETHERLANDS AMBASSADOR
on 27th September 1976 at 11.00 a.m.
at Chevella, Hyderabad Dist.
R A M G A L 0 3 E -5 6 0 O vl
(AN EXPERIMENT WITH "MOTHER TEACHERS”)
FIGHTING
MAL-NUTRITION
WITH
HYDERABAD
MIX'
INDO-DUTCH PROJECT FOR CHILD WELFARE
(STICHTING NEDERLANDS KINDERHULP PLAN)
Chevella Block, Hyderabad District, A. P,
Protein packets made out of local seasonal crops, such as jowar
or ragi, gram-dhal, ground-nut and jaggery have helped in
eradicating diseases of mal-nutrition in nearly 7,000 children in
the selected villages of Chevella Block of Hyderabad District.
Each packet of 70 grams contains:
Wheat or Jowar
Bengal Gram
Ground-nut
Jaggery
Defatted Soya Flour
35.0 gms.
11.0 gms.
6.0 gms.
1 1.5 gms.
6.0 gms.
Protein content of
Calories
Vitamin 'A'
... lOgms.
250
50 |U
Cleaning, roasting and grinding is done by local members of
Mabila. mandals who earn a marginal profit of about 3 to 4
paise per packet, the monthly consumption being 3,000 packets
The results of using these packets in the past three years are:
Reduction of oedema fluid in first week,
Increase of weight.from second week.
Disappearance of oedema, improvement in mental changes,
subsidence of diarrhoea and puffness of face in second week.
Increase of weight at the end of 4 weeks (0.66 kg. average.)
Manner of Feeding:
As plain powder, or
with milk as porridge, or
as jaggery balls (laddoos), or
in bread cakes (chapathies).
'To convince the villagers that protein packets can be made by
them with local ingredients, a nutrition demonstration unit has
been
established at Kanakamamidi, where seasonal crops are
being grown by a local farmer on one hectare land, donated to
the Indo-Dutch^Pi oject. Mahila mandals will use the produce
for preparationlof. protein .packets for the Nursery Schools
(Balwadis) and creches.
This provides a chain of demonstra
tions-growing of local high yielding crops, method of prepa
ring protein packets at the village level, utilising the packets in
different ways for mothers and childern, controlling mal-nutrition and encouraging local mothers to use this ‘mix’ at home
Nutrition Demonstration Unit
Information
regarding project acitvities can be had from .
Dr.H.W.Butt, Director, Indo-Duch Project for Child Welfare
6-3-885, Somajiguda, Hyderabad - 500 004.
Tel. 3 5 93 8.
Res. Tel. 3 3 4 0 8,
NEWS LETTER
indo-dutch project for child welfare
Volume 2
July 1978
Number 2
Doctor, As a Farmer How Can S Keep Healthy ?
(STEPS TO RAISE THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC STANDARD OF OUR RURAL AREAS)
The profession of a great majority of the rural population of our country is
agriculture and to know effectively on the health of this category of people, one must
understand the depth of their cultural and professional behaviour. The lives of town
and country inhabitants differ, in that those living in towns have a greater advantage
of more amenties, like electricity and running water, and social facilities, such as
cinema, rubbish collection, hospitals etc. The fact that the farmer spends most of
his time on the farm and doing manual labour makes him feel that he is stronger, and
thus, less likely to become sick. The farmer has a more independent attitude towards
life. He sets his own hours and often works alone or only with his family. He
teaches himself through trial and errors; his work is varied because of the climate,
season and weather, and often he must do his own farm maintenance In his work,
he feels that some health risks cannot be avoided and are justified to gain the
harvest. If a farmer is injured or wounded, he does not think it is very serious unless
the pain is so great that it will stop him from working. He tends to ignore minor
wounds, an injured eye or itching skin until they become a major problem. A farmer
feels he is better protected against illness or injury than someone who works insice
an office. If a farmer begins to feel ill, he feels this can wait, whereas the harvest
will not wait Farmers are more conservative. They have their own strong beliefs
and traditions and it is difficult for them to change.
In order to improve our health and standard of living, we must improve the
economy. We can only do this through better and improved agriculture. A better
harvest and increased income will enable a farmer to have clean sources of water by
covering wells, to build latrines, to improve his house, to provide for proper disposal
of rubbish, to provide more food for himself and his family, to get health care when
needed and prophylaxis against some disease.
CON^N'TY
47nAr^SGA°ORE-50<>001
Aoad
A healthy approach to agriculture is a healthy
approach to life. A fanner is faced with many health
problems. Three major ones are improper sanitary
practices more common in the rural areas; wounds
and injuries and irregular eating habits. Other
problems would include contracting diseases from
animals, exposure to farm chemicals and other sub
stances such as pollen and grain dust which produce
allergies.
Farmers also stand the risk of being directly
affected by diseases contracted through improper
sanitation. Our biggest health problems stem from
parasitic infections and the most common comunica
ble disease. In looking closely at the modes of
acquiring these illnesses, we find that we get them
through the method of rubbish disposal, disposal
and handling of faeces, types of wells and streams
used for washing, cooking and drinking water, the
method of preparing food, not washing our bodies
properly and the types of houses in which we live.
Children do not always wash their hands properly
before they eat, and sometimes they have long, dirty
fingernails. Mothers also forget to wash their hands
before preparing food which their families eat.
Due to the economy, many houses in the rural
areas are constructed so that the inhabitants live
with their enemies mosquitoes, cockroaches, and
rats which transmit the diseases that can kill us.
Windows are constructed, but many times, are not
opened as the value of fresh air is not known.
Because of custom, people with contagious diseases,
for example, tuberculosis, measles and leprosy, often
live with their relatives in congested family houses.
These diseases are then spread more quickly.
Disposal of rubbish is often not considered a
health hazard, but over one-half of our illnesses
come from improper disposal of wastes. The waste
disposal situation is worse in bigger towns. Poor
disposal of rubbish encouranges flies, which
transmit one of the biggest killers in the rural
community, diarrhoea.
It is often a common practice in our villages that
the women go out to one side of the village to
defecate and urinate, and men go out to the other
side. This is not good, especially when a village is
near a river or stream and the people often defecate
and urinate in the water. Very often, the same
water is used for drinking, cooking and washing.
Children are often permitted to defecate and urinate
around houses where people walk. Domestic animals
such as dogs, cats and chickens will eat the faeces
and then come lick those who live in the houee.
Many diseases are transmitted through contact with
urine or faeces:
The method we use to wash ourselves, our
clothes, food and eating utensils is also important in
controlling the spread of disease. For example,
sandfly or scabies can be acquired through lack of,
or improper washing or, our bodies or clothes.
Due to the nature of his work, a farmer is more
likely to be wounded or injured. He can be cut by
sticks, stones, thorns, and his own tools. Insects
can fly into his eyes, bite him or sting him. Various
plants can give him skin infections. He works with
the earth, with plants, and often, not near to clean
water. If he is injured he continues to work getting
the wound dirty, and making it more possible for an
infection to develop. If something goes into the eye,
it is removed, and often nothing further is done,
unless the eye gets infected. Many people are
trying to mechanize their farms and they should also
be prepared against diseases such as tetanus which
may develop from a wound from rusty metal, and
other injuries from moving machines and rotary
blades.
Irregular eating habits can cause other health
problems faced by the farmer. In former days,
family members were more dependent on the head
and elders. They would feed the men who laboured
for them in the morning before they left for work.
Now the farmer being an individual and because of
his poverty will often leave for his farm on an empty
stomach. He does not smoke proper cigarettes, but
eats tobacco, uses snuff and chews betel nuts which
will keep him awake on his farm. Often, a farmer
will workless, setting smaller tasks and then go
home or rest until food is prepared. Not eating at
the proper times makes him weak, more likely to
become sick and less work is done. Excessive use
of cigarettes, snuff and betel nuts also has other
effects on his health. They make him nervous, weak
and dizzy and will eventually cause chronic consti
pation gastritis and peptic ulcers.
Farmers are more likely to contract diseases
from animals. It is hard to diagnose them as many
difficult tests must be performed. Pollen from plants
and grain dust may produce allergies. Farmers are
often in contact with those substances. With the
development of inland swamps, oil palm and tea
plantations, there has been an increased use of
chemicals which can be harmful to the skin and can
cause great irritation, for example, if they get in the
eyes. Using them for a prolonged time and breathing
their odours can also cause some harm to the
former.
A healthy farmer with an increased income, will
informed about the causes and prevention of disea
ses, willing to invest to prolong his life, can ensure
the security and welfare of his family.
QUESTIONS
Q - Should farmeis begin to plant more crops
(e.g. beans, onions, tomatoes, potatoes
etc.) or, to rear animals (e.g. cows, pigs,
poultry etc.) that could improve the nutrition
of our people?
Q - Is it possible for the farmers to invest their
profit in their own health, such as in planting
different foods particularly for the nutrition
of their children, or in building latrines.
wells, dustbins etc?
Q - Would it not be better to eat a greater
variety and quality of these fruits and vege
tables than coming to a hospital?
Q - Instead of taking medicine and getting used
to always using it, would it not be better to
eat more fruit where we can get two effects,
first, that of a laxative, and, second, that of
nutrition?
Q - Why do people continue to use snuff,
cigarettes and betel nuts, when they do not
benefit their health or their lives?
Mention was made earlier of the custom where
children are permitted to defecate around houses.
Domestic animals can eat the faeces, then lick the
hands of the inhabitants. Flies can leave the faeces
and contaminate food or eating utensils which can
then give us diarrhoea.
Q - Is it possible to change this custom if no
good effect will come of it?
Q - Why can't we build more latrines?
Q - Can not the owner of a house be responsi
ble for cleaning the area around his own
house, especially the yard before his house?
Q - Why can not an individual be responsible
for the street and gutters near his house
instead of waiting for the Panchayat or
others to come and clean it?
Q-Will the farmers begin to ask health
personnel (doctors, health visitors, nurses,
midwives Gram Svastikas etc.) who would
be more than willing to explain, about the
cause and prevention of the most common
diseases transferred by unsanitary con
ditions?
3
The importance of Language in a Balwadi
( A NOTE TO MOTHER TEACHERS & BALSEVIKAS )
By "language" we mean speaking, listening,
reading and writing. These different aspects are all
related to each other; for example we need to listen
and hear words in order to be able to speak them;
likewise when we can speak and understand a lan
guage, it is easier to learn to read and write it.
Language gives shape to thought; that is to say,
when we express our thoughts in words they become
clearer and more exact. Words help us to define,
remember, imagine and to reason. They play an
important part in mental development.
Language is also a means of expressing feelings.
As adults we know what a relief it is to talk about
the things that make us happy or sad or worried. It
is easy to understand the helplessness of a tiny child
who, because he cannot express himself, is unable to
tell us how he feels. Speech gives us power to
express our emotions. It is also our main way of
communicating with other people. If you have ever
been in a country where you do not speak the lan
guage, you will know how difficult it is to try to
explain or find out something with only gestures to
help you.
The importance of reading and writing in educa
tion is very obvious, for much of our learning depends
on these skills. Although we do not formally teach
reading and writing to children in the balwadi we
help them develop skills which make the later task of
learning to read and write much easier. We help
them speak and understand the language which they
will later read and write. We give them an intro
duction to pictures and story books; we provide
varied activities and creative art work to help them
develop muscular control and co-ordination between
hand and eyes. In addition, the play experiences in
the centre give children opportunities to develop
habits of concentrating and persistence which are so
necessary to later learning.
4
In the balwadi we may have many children
whose families give them little help or encourage
ment to speak well. Parents may talk at a child,
give him directions, make short statements or
demands, ask questions or scold, but they rarely
sit down to talk with them. Besides this poverty of
speech our families rarely read books or newspapers
so that the children have no chance to be curious
about the written word. Consequently you may have
many children in your class whose home experiences
have given them little help or interest in acquiring a
wide vocabulary, speaking correctly, or developing
an interest in books.
In our programme we must make the most of
every opportunity to stimulate children’s language
development by;
—
Providing many interesting experiences to
talk about - rich, varied play and creative
activities, interesting group celebrations such
as holidays and festivals and short trips
outside the centre to visit places of interest.
—
Providing good picture books and interesting
pictures on the walls of the class-room.
—
Talking readily with individual children or
to a group in order to help children learn to
express their experiences in words.
—
Encouraging children to talk with each other
spontaneously as they play, and more for
mally to a class group.
—
Telling aud reading stories to children.
—
Singing songs to and with children.
Let us examine these points in more detail.
It is important to provide interesting experiences
which will stimulate children to talk. Play and
creative activities also encourage language develop
ment; children compare notes, exchange ideas, give
each other instructions or just admire their own or
other efforts. In planning for festival celebrations
there are many opportunities for enriching language
experiences.
Taking short traps in the neighbourhood with a
small group of children provides rich material for
discussion and activities. These trips must be well
planned in advance with the other mother teacher.
Some suggestions of places to visit are :
Temple
Fruit and vegetables market
Police station
Shoe repair shop
Carpenter's shop
Barber
Elementary school
Small local bazaar
Small local industries : wool-dying, shoe
making, weaving.
Looking at pictures and talking about them is a
valuable experience for children. Pictures stimulate
interest curiosity, comment, discussion, as well as
give information. Sturdy picture scrap books are en
joyed by children and pictures can also be neatly
mounted and hung low on walls where children can
also be neatly mounted and hung low on walls where
children can easily see them.
To learn to speak a language well, a child must
hear it spoken. It is very important that you talk to
the children clearly and correctly so that they hear a
good pattern of speech to imitate in addition, help
children increase their vocabulary by putting actions
into descriptive words as for example, "How brightly
you polished your shoes. It shines like the sun'',
"The road is slippery today," or "You made the
tallest tower of blocks,". This is useful to a child
because he then sees and experiences what it is you
are talking about. He connects words with action.
Talk about events to the children. If your
classroom has been newly painted comment on it;
when a tree in the play yard flowers, call it to the
children's attention and talk about the flowers, the
colour, what made them bloom. Be alert to what is
going on about you which may be of interest to
young children.
Encourage children to talk freely to each other
and to you. The only time it is necessary to ask
them to be quiet is : when you want to give directions
or explain something, when you are telling a story or
for example when other children are resting.
Otherwise, the more they talk the better. Children
learn to walk by walking : likewise, they learn to
talk by lalking. Be an attentive listener, whenever
possible give a child your attention when he speaks
and respond to what he says. Many young children
5
often repeat themselves or speak haltingly. Be
patient. Give a child time to formulate ideas in his
mind. Don't talk for him unless you see he is being
frustrated by his own inability to tell you something.
Certain sounds are difficult for children to form,
expecially f-v-l-r-th-s-z-j-ch, and often they will
substitute another sound for these. Never laugh at a
child for such mistakes; you will only make him feel
ashamed and perhaps embarrassed. You might
repeat the incorrect word correcly after him, but do
not ask him to repeat it. We want children to enjoy
speaking; we do not want to inhibit them by
stopping their flow of speech to correct them.
We also wish to encourage children to speak
easily in front of a group. There will be many times
during a day (while you are waiting for children to
finish cleaning up after play, while you wait for
lunch, while you wait for an afternoon snack to be
brought to the room) when you can give children an
opportunity to talk to the class. Your job is to offer
them something to talk about. Begin by bringing up
subjects in which you know they are interested. You
may want to ask a question or make a comment.
Think before you speak. If you say, "Did you visit
any one over the weekend ? or "Did you go to the
market with your mother?", all the child con answer
is yes or no. But if you say, ,‘Tell me where you
went over the weekend", you encourage him to
begin to talk in sentences and give some information.
Or -What did your mother buy in the market this
weekend ?" encouragesa child to think and.
converse.
Show an interest in what children have to say.
We want the children to talk; they are not interested
or ready for lectures by your own topics which you
have chosen, Drawing children out, knowing what
to say to them and how to guide them takes a
knowledge of the children, their interest, and a good
relationship with them. It takes experience to
develop skill in leading a group of young children
intelligently to converse on a topic.
Who Wants Literacy ?
The District Education Officer got instructions
from the State Government to try to get villagers
interested in learning to read and write, so he asked
the Block Education Officers to look into this. The
fact is that the Central Government in Delhi is very
eager to help everyone to learn so that there will be
no more illiteracy in all of India. A big drive for
literacy work is going to be launched all over the
country from Gandhiji's birthday, October 2, of this
year. So, the Block Education Officer of our Block
went about to different villages talking with the
headmasters, and the headmasters began talking with
the villagers. The Block Education Officer naturally
couldn't stay in each village long enough to talk with
everybody. In fact, she couldn't even get to every
village in the short time given to her. What she did
was call a group of headmasters together in each of
several larger villages.
In these meetings most of the headmasters said
that they thought it would be very difficult to get
6
illiterate villagers interested in learning to read and
write. Some said they had already tried, without
success, while most of them just felt that way. They
said illiterate people are very dull and don't under
stand what use it is so read and write. The Block
Education Officer, however, felt that people absolutely
must become literate, so she decided to talk with
some of the villagers herself. She took one of the
more sympathetic headmasters with her to visit a
few houses in the village where he taught. Here is
the discussion that took place when they visited
Ramniah.
BEO :
Namaste, Ramniah, so this is your house. It
looks quite neat and nice. Where is your
wife ? Could we talk with both of you for
a few minutes ?
Ramniah : Of course. Oh, Narsamma come here.
The headmaster and a lady have come to
see us. Bring us some tea.
3E0 :
Namaste, Narsamma. Now don't you bother
about tea. I don't want you off making tea.
I want to talk with both of you. Besides I
want to visit a number of homes and I just
can't drink that many cups of tea. Tell me,
Narsamma, how many children do you have?
Ramniah : We have three sons. One is almost a
man now. He helps in the fields. Then
there is one about ten years old, and the
baby over there.
BEO:
Well, girls are also children, don't forget,
and they are just as much of a blessing as
boys, so you have five children. Now tell
me. Narsamma, how old is your other
daughter ?
Narsamma : She's grown up, ready to get married.
Ramniah :
BEO :
She must be about fourteen or fifteen.
But don't you know that its against the law
for a girl to be married before she is 18?
She should be in school. Has she ever gone
to school ?
Headmaster: No, she never came to school, at least
not since I've been in this village. The little
one, there, came a few times after I talked
with her father, but most of the time she's
absent. So is the second boy for that
matter.
BEO :
BEO :
What? No girls? Who is the little girl
taking care of the baby ?
Ramniah : Oh, of course, that's my daughter, and we
have another older girl. We are trying to get
her married.
BEO :
Lakshmi : (hesitantly) I couldn't understand what
the teacher was saying. He always stood
with his back to the girls and just taught the
boys. And, then, I was at home a lot, and
the others got ahead of me, so it got harder
and harder.
Now I want Narsamma to tell me why her
daughters don't go to school. Come, Nar
samma, you tell me how you feel about it.
Narsamma : Well, neither of us can read and write,
and when even the boys aren't learning,
why should girls learn ? Besides, I need
them to help me, and they don't want to go
to school anyway. Hey, Lakshmi, you didn't
like shook did you ?
I see. Well, it looks as if our headmaster
will have to see to it that the girls are given
attention too. Naturally the teacher must
give them as much attention as he gives the
boys. Now, Ramniah, what about your
sons ?
Ramniah : Well, the big boy never went to school.
He's a lot of help to me. If he went to
school he'd probably get to be a good-fornothing iike Maliah's son. That fellow went
to school - wouldn't work after that, and
finally went off to the city. My second son
goes to school part of the time. The head
master keeps telling me that he ought to be
in school, so I don't mind when I don't need
him in the fields.
Headmaster: That's just the trouble. He's out of
school so much that he can't keep up with
the class.
BEO :
You see, Ramniah, you have to know yester
day's lesson in order to understand today's
lesson. Children who only come part of
the time find it more difficult, just as your
daughter told us a few minntes ago. Now,
if you could help your son with his school
work, he could catch up and take an
interest and learn a lot of useful things.
Ramniah : Me I Help my son I
I don't know
anything about those things—don't need to.
I'm a farmer. I have a little land and part of
the time I work for a big farmer here, and I
know enough to make a living,
BEO:
But you could learn more about farming,
and about a lot of other things, too, like the
new marriage law that tells you what age
your children must be before you can get
them married, and how to get loans at
better interest rates.
7
Ramniah : Oh, people come here and tell us about a
lot of things. Peddiah and Krishniah both
know how to read, but they don't know any
more than the rest of us do. We all sit
together when people come here to tell us
things. Sometimes I remember things that
they forget.
BEO :
Yes that's another problem, since most
people in the village are illiterate we don't
have enough educational
programmes
especially for literates. You see, no-one
would need to rely on just remembering all
the things that are told to him once if he
had a little booklet listing all the points or if
he could write down the ones he especially
wanted to remember. If there were enough
literate people you could get that kind of
information system in the village. Then you
could read your information again and again
untit you are sure that you have it right. We
already have a 40-day course in health.
nutrition and child-care for women who can
read and write, and we could also -have
courses that would interest men.
Narsamrna': Yes,' Peddiaft's’wife can read1 a nd write,
and she attended that course. She learned
a lot of things, and she keeps telling me,
But I can't remember all that she tells me.
But I am doing some of the things - like
feeding the baby some food besides my own
milk, and keeping things cleaner so that the
baby will be healthier. She said if I codld
read and write I could copy her notes, or
maybe even take the course myself.
Ramniah : Is that so ? I wondered why things
seemed better around the house now-a-days.
Maybe we both ought to learn.
BEO :
And that big son of yours, and your elder
daughter, too; They certainly ought to learn.
There are going to be special courses for
boys and girls in that age group. They call it
non-formal education. It is for teaching those
who are too old to go to the regular school,
but still want to learn. They can work and
learn at the same time.'
Ramniah : Wonderful !
I'll tell them about it.
Say, I have to thank the headmaster for
bringing you here.
Headmaster: Oh, that’s nothing. Thanks for talking
with us. I've learned a lot, too. By, the way,
do send your younger children to school,
both the boy and the girl. I'll see that they
get the attention they need for ’catching up
with the others in their class. I guess we'll
have to be going now.
After the namastes all around, when the BEO
and the headmaster were out of earshot of Ramniah
and his family, the headmaster looked at the Block
Education Officer and said, half in shame and half in
joy : "I talked with Ramniah just yesterday and he
didn't show any interest at all. Thanks for showing
me how to go about this work.”
PRINTED MATTER
BOOK-POST
(For Private Circulation only)
To
Sri/Smt. _________ The
Editor,__________________
"Science for tillages"
No. 739, JUN
________________ New Delhi (lio O67)
With the best compliments of
Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare & UNICEF
SOMAJIGUDA, HYDERABAD-500 004.
Published by the Director, Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare, Hyderabad and Printed at Ptogressive Press Pvt Ltd
EhP.-
g NEWS LETTER
Volume 2
June 1978
Number 1
Doctor, My Son Shivers with High Fever
(THE MOSQUITO, OUR MOST DANGEROUS ENEMY)
Of all the parasitic and infectious diseases one can think of malaria as the
greatest primary or secondary cause of illness. It is counted among the ten major
killers of tropital diseases. Today, it is considered one of the six most important
infectious, parasitic diseases in the developing countries. Malaria affects the average
age of people in the tropics. It has a negative effect on economic development.
In 1972, the World Health Organisation (WHO) estimated that 1,840 million
people live in original malarious areas. It has been estimated that throughout the
world 50 million people become sick with malaria and 2.5 million people die from
malaria each year.
The thought and sight of a snake frightens nearly everyone in the world. This
is because their bite is poisonous. It can make people very sick, cause ulcers, and
it can even lead to death. Yet, the number of people who die of snakebite is almost
negligible when compared with the number of people who die from malaria. Over
three quarters of the people living in malarious areas are not aware of the fact that
the bite of the anopheles mosquito transmites the parasite (plasmodia) that causes
malaria. The mode of life of the mosquito and the methods to prevent them are
unknown.
Malaria is caused through the bite of the female anopheles mosquito. Yet the
mosquito is not feared even if it is seen on walls, in homes or in the gardens. Due
to this disease which is transmitted through the bite of the mosquito, more people
die than through any other living creature God created. It should be considered the
most dreadful animal. Unfortunately, it is almost considered a domestic animal, some
times being more intimate with us than any of the usual house pets such as cats or dogs.
\Ne sometimes sleep with them inside our homes.
The noise they make in the evenings and the small
bites on the legs, feet or hands are just taken for
granted, happening as usual each night.
Mosquitoes lay their eggs in still water, or
water that flows very slowly. Therefore, here, where
it is warm throughout the year, and, where there are
many swamps, uncovered wells, rain, puddles,
empty tins, buckets, rain barrels or anywhere water
can be found, mosquitoes can flourish. Male mosqui
toes live by feeding on plants, while female mosqui
toes need human blood.
The malaria parasite transmitted through the
bite of the mosquito determines our average birth
rate and reduces our life span. It also reduces our
rate of economic growth by making people sickly
and too weak to work harder. Consequently, it has
a direct effect on our economic situation. Many of
us can remember, with all of our good intentions of
things we planned to do, if someone gets the fever
that leads to shiverings, he will not be able to do
anything. This is another vicious circle we are
caught in that we must find a way out.
QUESTIONS :
The name malaria is common to almsot all
people whether literate or illiterate because it is
considered such a dreadful disease causing death.
Q—Where do mosquitoes come from ?
Q—How do they breed or multiply ?
Q—How do they enter our dwelling houses ?
Q—Where do they stay in our houses ?
To eradicate malaria destroy mosquitoes
Since we are living with these mosquitoes right
in our dwelling houses, it is difficult to avoid con
tracting the disease. We must prevent them from
entering our houses and prevent them from biting us
whereever we go because they are our enemies.
Malaria eradication has been less effective, in
our opinion, for the following reasons :
2
It was estimated that 250 million people get ill
from malaria in a year, and 2.5 million people die of
this disease in a year. Surely you do not want
yourself or your children to be victims of this
disease.
Q—Can we make it a point of duty to try to wage
war against our enemies, the mosquitoes ?
Q—Would it not be advisable to consult your Health
Visitor, Gram Svasthika concering ways to pre
vent and'treat malaria ?
It has been proved that use of sprays such as
DDT, and other chemicals used to kill insects
(insecticides), have not been very successful with
mosquitoes.
They have become stronger and
developed other strains that are resistant to these
chemicals.
1)
Very little attention is given towards
improvement to health and sanitation in
villages.
2)
The high rate of illiteracy, and,
Q—Is there any other method to control mosquitoes
that would be more successful ?
3)
lack of community action towards improv
ing environmental conditions.
Q—If our illiterate brothers and sisters know more
about the causes and prevention of malaria,
could we make a joint effort to fight against
this disease ?
One of the unproductive sectors of any popu
lation are the sick people. It is also an economic
axiom that prosperity only comes when production
increases. But the number of days one is sick
particularly in malaria areas is very high.
Q—Are you prepared to accept a poverty status and
low production rate to be the normal situation,
as it is directly affected by the course of malaria
and other parasitic disease ?
What can we do to combat Mosquito nuisance:
You must definitely make up your mind that the
mosquito problem must be solved, not only you but
members of your community must also resolve to
annihilate the mosquitoes.
The most likely habitats of these mosquitoes
are water-troughs, broken pots, gutters, barrels or
anything that will hold water. The house drain and
the cesspool also form breeding places for them particularly if the sewage stagnates in them.
The average life of the mosquito is about two
weeks. The mosquitoes should become rare within
Two weeks after the destruction of their breeding
places. If it is not so, it indicates that you have
overlooked some breeding places.
Ordinarily the mosquito travels within one mile
range. Therefore search all possible breeding places
within the radius of a mile from your home.
You cannot abate mosquito nuisance by catch
ing mosquitoes and killing them. It is neither
practical nor economical. You must eliminate them
at the source.
The best thing to do is to fill up the ponds and
pools. Keep the drains clean and the cesspools
emptied regularly to prevent stagnation.
Sealing of wells that are seldom used will help
mitigate the nuisance considerably. If these are in
frequent use, allow the workers of Medical and
Health Department to enter the premises who will
treat the wells once a week. If the wells are not
used for any purpose, oil mixed with Keresone or
readymade Malarial which is available in the market
should be sprinkled or soaked in cotton waste and
thrown in the disused wells. It will spread and
form a thin layer on the surface of water and stop
breeding of Mosquitoes. This should be done once
a week.
In streams, a constant flow of water should be
maintained by adjusting their levels. Vegetation
that obstructs the flow of water, causing stagnation
should be removed. Wet cultivation, with a mile's
range around the city should be prohibited.
Co-operate with the Health Workers — Stop all
sorts of stagnation of water. Avoid Mosquito
nuisance.
Our Families
Children : Blessings or Burden ?
Nowadays there is a lot of talk about how many
children a family should have. Some people say
that two or three are enough. That idea is regarded as
modern. Others says that the more children we have
the more we are blessed. That is a traditional idea.
The real question, though, should not be "how
many", but "what kind?". Perhaps you think that
this means whether one should have boys or girls.
3
but that is really completely unimportant if we are
fair minded. What we are talking about here is the
quality of our children.
Well, you may say, we can't determine either
the sex or the quality of our children, so how can
we decide anything but how many - and that too,
only if we are willing to practice family planning ?
Of course, it is true that we can't choose the sex of
our children, but their quality is very much within
our power to decide, and that is why the sex is less
important. The quality of the child - how strong
and large and intelligent it will be - is determined to
a large extent even before the child is born, but not
before you can do something about it.
The first point is the age and health of the
mother. If a girl is old enough before she begins to
bear children, and if there is time between preg
nancies for her to regain her strength, she will bear
healthier, bigger and stronger children.
Also
important is how she is looked after and what she
eats. Both husband and wife - and the mother-inlaw and father-in-law, too, in case the young couple
is living with the husband's parents - should learn
more about what a pregnant woman needs to eat,
and what food, work, etc., she ought to avoid.
They ought to learn the truth about these things
from reliable people like the doctor and the health
worker, and not go on believing old superstitions
which often prevent a pregnant woman from getting
the food that she needs for herself and the baby.
If these simple rules are observed they will do
much to make our babies healthy and intelligent so
that they will not be such a burden to us. That is
not all, however, though it is the right way to start.
Once you have a baby you must take very good care
of it if you want it to become a blessing. While the
baby is small it may seem like both a blessing and a
burden. It is a blessing because it is healthy and
happy, and because it holds out so much promise
for the future. At the same time it is a burden
because it requires so much care and also expendi
ture if it is to fulfil that promise. Many parents see
the blessing but refuse to accept the burden. That
is why things go wrong and the baby fails to
become as much of a blessing as it could be.
4
Right from its birth we must see to the baby's
health and safety. We must also give it companion
ship to make it grow into a happy, friendly child.
Not only that, we must cultivate in it regular habits,
right tastes, and a certain amount of independence
and self-discipline. A baby must be protected in
many ways. Follow the doctor's or the health
visitor's instructions. Read and follow the helpful
hints in the child health calendar. Do not leave a
baby all alone. Above all, do not give it opium or
other drugs to make it sleep when you want to go
away from it. On the other hand, do not pick it
up every time it cries, or it will learn to demand such
attention. That way it be comes more of a burden
than necessary.
In some ways children are to a family what fruit
is to a tree. If you want good, ripe fruit, you will
not pick the fruit while it is still small and green.
If you want children to become useful, co-operative
and successful adults, helpful to their parents and
to others, and good citizens of their country, you
will not expect them to work while they are still
children, or get married before they are full grownYou will bear the burden of the child until it is full
grown. Only then can it become a continuing
blessing. Of course, children can help around the
house, or even in the fields, to a reasonable extent.
But this helping should be such as to teach the
child helpfulness and develop his skills, indepen
dence and self-confidence. It should never interfere
with his development, which requires play and
study as well as work. In fact, play is the young
child's work. Through it he learns to use his hands
and the other parts of his body, his eyes and other
faculties, and his thinking ability. The right kind of
play is as necessary as the right kind of food.
Parents should also do their utmost to see that their
children attend school for as many years as possible,
and that the young school goers get both assis
tance and encouragement with their school work.
Finally, do not pick the fruit for marriage too soon"
Your children should be fully ready for this
momentous step before you thrust ir upon them.
We must also in this connection think especially
about our daughters. It is quite wrong to think that
only boys need an education, or that girls should be
married off as early as possible, before they get into
trouble or before all the eligible boys have been
snapped up by other girls' parents. If you bring up
both your boys and your girls with the right
attitudes there will be no trouble about unmarried
daughters. Also, if you educate your girls they will
be able to do a good deal for themselves and for
you. They may even get jobs and earn their own
money to provide the things they will need when
they marry. Or they may, with those same earnings,
help you and your other children. This is happening
more and more nowadays. Far from something to be
ashamed of, it should be a pride to parents to have
daughters capable of earning at least a part of their
own livelihood.
Perhaps now we can think again about that
question of how many children we should have.
Primarq
Obviously, we should not have more than we can
take good care of. We have no right to enslave
small children and blight their lives just because
these children are our own. The burden of good
care continues for many years before the blessing
can come, when our children return that good care.
How much burden can you bear - especially all at
once ? It would be better to give a gap of a few
years between babies, so that the burden at any
one time will not be too great on either the mother's
attention or the father's income. Also, if you really
try to take good care of your children over the years,
your good sense will tell you when it is time to stop
having children altogether. It's not a matter of
being modern or traditional. It's a matter of looking
at life in a mature, responsible way.
School
(CURRICULUM
In the year 1975, the Indo Dutch Project under
its scheme of improving Primary School Education,
conducted a survey of schools in Chevella Block
and examined the existing curriculum in the light of
the criticisms levelled against the curriculum. The
survey was conducted in collaboration with the
State Council for Educational Research and Training.
The survey reports showed that the curriculum was
not relevant to the needs of the pupils and their life
situations and does not reflect the aspirations of the
people and the national goals. For these reasons,
the children were not attracted to the school and
some of these who were in school, found nothing in
it to sustain their interest and so they dropped out even before they could complete the Primary Stage.
To retain the children in school till they completed
the primary stage, it was necessary to offer a
meaningful and interesting programme of studies.
With these objectives in view, the curriculum
was revised, and instructional materials were also
revised and introduced in 1976 in Classes I and II
Education
RENEWAL)
of twenty selected schools, on an experimental
basis. The experiment was extended to Classes 111
and IV in 1977.
In November, 1977 the State Council for
Educational Research and Training, in collaboration
with the National Council for Educational Research
and Training organised a state level workshop on
“Curriculum Renewal" sponsored by UNICEF, for
revising the curriculum. The main objective of the
workshop was to develop an innovative curriculum
which is relevant to local conditions and needs and
aspirations of the people.
As a prelude to developing a curriculum plan, a
socio-economic and educational survey of the com
munities and schools in the regions proposed for
implementation, was conducted. The conclusions
arrived at were that the existing curriculum is not
need based and is irrelevant to real life situations
and that it does not reflect the aspirations of the
people. Besides, it emphasises mostly the acquiring
5
of the '3 Rs' and does not help and retaining them
in school.
In the light of these criticisms, the workshop
examined the curricula and the instructional material
prepared by fhe National Council for Educational
Research Training, the Government of Andhra
Pradesh and that which are in force in the selected
schools in Chevella Block; under the Indo Dutch
Project scheme of improving education in primary
schools, with a view to revise the curriculum and
the instructional materials.
As the Indo-Dutch Project's efforts in this
direction had already produced a curriculum revised
according to the basic objectives of primary
education set forth by the State-level workshop, and
the instructional materials have also been revised and
prepared and are in use in the schools in Chevella
Block, it was decided to keep the same curriculum
and instructional materials as base and make neces
sary changes by way of revision.
The workshop examined this curriculum in Ma
thematics, Environmental Studies for Classes I and II
and Social Studies for Classes III and IV and
adopted the syllabus completely except for recasting
the syllabus in each unit into major and minor
concepts; with related activities. In General Science
for Classes 111 and IV, no changes have been made
except recasting the syllabus into major and minor
concepts.
In first language (Telugu), Health
Education and Work experience Projects, the same
syllabi have been adopted completely.
This revised curriculum will be introduced under
'Project Curriculum Renewal', in thirty schools of
the State of Andhra Pradesh by the State Depart
ment of Education, from June, 1978. The project
will continue the experiment, of the revised curri
culum and the instructional material in the 20
selected schools of Chevella Block at the same time.
The Department of Education and especially the
State Council for Eductional Research and Training,
have been extremely interested in this experiment of
primary school improvement programme.
In the
short time that the revised curriculum has been
introduced, there is evidence of interest on all sides
6
i.e„ the students, the teachers, the local community
as well as the trainers from the concerned Depart
ments.
This scheme has a wide perspective,
covering areas that could strengthen and improve
the quality of primary school education. Training of
teachers, improving physical facilities, establishing
school gardens as a means to provide incentives to
teachers and students, providing small libraries for
the primary schools and contacting the community
with regard to the significant features of this new
scheme through local meetings and newletter, it is
hoped that significant changes can be forthcoming
in the near future.
As merely revising the curriculum is not sufficent
to Improve the quality of Primary School Education,
the Project has attempted to improve the other
factors that have a direct bearing on this problem,
such as improving the quality of teachers, providing
suitable teaching material, and teaching aids,
demonstrating techniques of teaching, providing
spot-guidance and supervision and improving the
physical facilities of the school. In addition to
these, one of the basic problems is getting the
teachers interested in the village, the perents and
the community, which is possible only if the teachers
reside in the village. To attrect the teachers in this
direction it would be necessary for the community
to come forward and provide suitable accommo
dation in the village for the teachers and their
families. In many cases teachers do not reside in
the villages due to lack of accommodation and
assistance from the community in this regard.
Another important factor is to provide work-oriented
projects according to the revised curriculum. A
new experiment is being tried out by the Project in
this connection which is the establishment of
school gardens according to a definite plan through
which the teachers and students could benefit in
several ways.
The selected schools in the Project area are
being equipped with a fence and a bore-well wher
ever adequate land is available in the school
premises. The 20 villages have been surveyed by
the Consultant of Agriculture from this point of
view. Eleven have been selected where plots of
land with water facilities can be available. Pro
grammes of training in cultivation of vegetables.
nutritive food values, crop rotation, cultivation of
leafy and seasonal vegetables, common pests and
their control, preparation of soil, application of ferti
lisers, irrigation, sowing, weeding, spraying, etc.,
will be organised at each of these selected schools
both for the teachers and the students.
A definite plan according to the texture of the
soil will be drawn up in consultation with the
teachers and students. This plan will provide all
the necessary operations of cultivation giving exact
quantities of inputs along with a calendar of
operation. The plan will also work out the estimated
cost per plot including the details of each input as
well as the estimated yield and the gross and net
income based on the market price in order to get the
teachers more directly involved. To take up this
responsibility a new experiment is being tried out
to get the teachers to invest a small portion of the
cost involved. When the crop is ready the produce
will be divided into three parts - J for the teachers,
| for the srudents, and J to be utilised as a revolving
capital.
The Consultant of Agriculture of the
Project will provide the necessary expertise by
visiting these plots on a regular basis. In this way
the teachers and the students will be able to get
more practical knowledge with regard to the culti
vation of vegetables as well as nutrition education.
UNICEF has come forward to collaborate with
the Indo Dutch Project in this experiment by provi
ding pumps, fences, tools, equipment, etc., for the
selected schools. So far two plots have already
been fenced at Tadlapally and at Maharajpet where
pumps have also been installed. The teachers have
agreed to implement the plan drawn up for this
purpose by their active participation.
Creches in Urban Project
(KABOOTHAR KHANA & SWAMI VIVEKANANDA NAGAR)
Two Creches were started in the Urban Project
situated in Hyderabad City in Ward 20, Block I and
II on the same basic objectives as the Rural Project.
Children in the age group of 1 -2i years have been
admitted to creches in Block I and Block II. It was
felt that it is safer not to include children below one
year for several reasons. The main object of provi
ding a creche for this age group in the chain of
activites is to help and improve the nutritional and
health status of the children and at the same time
use them as tools to educate mothers in child rearing
practices, nutrition, health and hygiene. Preference
has been given to children of the lower socio-econo
mic group and especially of working mothers. In
this way, creches could also contribute towards
building up a systematic and conducive health status
in the community by reducing the incidence of mor
tality, morbidity and malnourishment.
The first creche was inagurated on the 3rd
June, 1976 at Block I and the second on the 2nd
November, 1976 at Block II. Before starting the
creches a training programme for creche mothers
was organised where 29 local women participated
in the course. The local mothers were trained in all
matters connected with the running of creches such
as, the advantages of having your child in the
creche, necessary hygiene and sanitation to be
maintained at the creche; methods of cooking
simple, cheap and nutritious diets for the children;
problems of weaning; type of weaning food; preven
tion and care of common ailments; child develop
ment; importance of play; story telling; songs and
preparation of teaching aids and play material. The
course was very interesting to the participants
because most of it consisted of demonstrations
practicals and work experience in the two creches
such as, bathiug the children, cooking food, playing
and cleaning the creche.
Creche I had a strength of 27 children i.e., 12
boys and 15 girls with an average daily attendance
of 23 children. Creche II had 30 children, 11 boys
and 19 girls with an average daily attendance of 24
children. Fourteen children who had reached the
age of 2!- years were transferred from the creches to
the respective balwadis. The diet pattern for the
children has been designed by the Nutritionist from
the College of Home Science according to the needs
of the growing children. They were given 100 ml.
of milk on an average per day, per child, in addi
tion to vegetable soup, rice kichedi peanut chekki as
7
well as eggs and fruits once a week. This diet has
costed us 46 paise per child, per day. Regular health
check-ups by the health staff with total immuni
zation, has helped the children to grow and develop
as normal children inspite of their handicaps while
being admitted Two local mothers cook the food
for these children and take care of them during the
whole day they also maintain regular records to note
the progress made in health. The local parents have
realised their responsibility of sharing in this experi
ment. According to the objectives and the Project
the local community are gradually taking over the
running of these programmes themselves, by their
own local women and contributions. It is very
encouraging to note that the parents have appre
ciated, the advantages of these creches and are
contributing Rs. 3/- per child, per month which is
being used for the payment or remuneration to the
mothers and cost of diet for the children.
The children admitted to Block I are from the
weaker sections -68% from the Pardhi Community 32% from the Harijan families.
Tt>e Municipal
Corporation of Hyderabad has alloterf-its'building
situated in Pardhiwada for this purpose. In Block II
the local community has come forward to provide
accommodation for the creche. 14% of the children
at Block I and 28% of the children at Block II are
from families whose monthly income is less than
Rs. 200.00. 68% of the children at Block I and
48% at Block II are from families whose income is
between Rs. 200 to 400 per month. The balance
are from families with an income from Rs. 400 to
600. But parents of this income group are contri
buting a much higher rate to the creche.
The standard of health of the creche children
has improved due to lhe tender care given by the
mother teachers and the health check-ups by the
medical staff. Children have shown marked improve
ment from stages of high malnourishment. These
creches have proved to be an effective tool to
educate the mothers in child rearing practices, health
and sanitation. One of the significant achievements
of these creches has been the bridging gap between
different sections of the community and bringing
children of different classes together which can be
very significant to imbibe a feeling of togetherness
in the children at a tender age.
BOOK-POST
To
Sri/Smt.
"Science for Villages"
Mo. 739, KJ UN, N8W DELHI
CLIO St® 067)
With the best compliments of
Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare & UNICLF
SOMAJIGUDA, HYDERABAD-500 004.
Published by the Director, Iodo Dutch Project for Child Welfare, Hydeiabad and Piinted at Progressive Press Pvt. Ltd.
Urban Indo Dutch Project for Child Welfare
(STICHTING NEDERLANDS KINDERHULP PLAN)
CONCEPT - POLICY - STRATEGY
AND
IMPLEMENTATION
1977
INTRODUCTION
Seven blocks from the old city of Hyderabad near Puranapul at Kokaki Tatti, were selected
in consultation with the Municipal Corporation of Hyderabad. These 5 blocks of Ward
No. 19 and Block 1 and Block 2 of Ward No. 20 have 11,171 households and a popula
tion of 57, 157.
The Bureau of Economics and Statistics conducted a survey to have a closer look at the
necessary statistical information of households religion, age-wise distribution, population
of school going children, type of economic activity etc.
C O M M U N ITY I
The Urban Project of the Indo Dutch Project was planned with a view of making a
comparative study between urban and rural programmes in terms of utilisation, participa
tion and continuation of services by the people. The experience gained from the rural
project in Chevella was the basis in planning a comprehensive approach in a more scientific
way by avoiding some of the earlier pitfalls. The co-operation from voluntary agencies.
State Departments and the Municipal Corporation of Hyderabad has been treated as an
essential feature. From the very early stages of designing and planning the policy and
strategy of the Urban Project,..for Child Welfare, the above mentioned agencies were
consulted. Several discussiorfe-'and interviews were held with the heads and representa
tives of the Municipal Corporation. Department of Health and Family Planning. Gandhi
Hospital and Gandhi Medical College, Department of Industries, Director of Youth Ser
vices, Department of Social Welfare, College of Home Science, Nizamia Women's Educa
tion Centre, UNICEF, CARE, Rotary Club of Hyderabad, Youth Organisations and other
agencies to whom copies of the draft proposals were sent in advance for scrutiny
and changes If any. A five day old workshop was conducted in April 1975 with the main
purpose of providing an opportunity to the departments and agencies concerned to critically
examine the draft proposals before they were fully accepted.
The following plan for sharing of costs and responsibilities between the different agencies
was agreed upon in the following pattern for the first year.
Indo Dutch
Project for
Child Welfare
Municipal
Corpn. of
Hyderabad
States
Departments
Voluntary
Agencies
60%
10%
10%
10%
10%
Research
Training
Evaluation
Construction
Equipment
Building
Land
Personnel
Personnel
Drugs
vaccines
Nutritional
input
equipment
Personnel
Services
Local
Contributions
In the subsequent years, the sharing pattern will change. The contribution from Munici
pal Corporation of Hyderabad, State Departments, Voluntary Agencies and Communities
will increase while the share of the Indo Dutch Project will proportionately decrease and
finally phase out in a period of 8-10 years.
Mere statistical information of the area would not be sufficient to implement a programme.
Hence, the profiles of the selected area to examine the existing situation were prepared.
A group of eight community organisers and social workers collected information about
families, existing institutions, health and educational facilities, civic organisation and the
pattern of leadership existing in the area.
The community organisers and social workers were given an orientation training with the
help of a set of questions and answers. This enabled them to hold a dialogue with the
community and explain the families the basic objectives of the Project.
As decided in the workshop and in accordance with the basic policy of the Project it was
necessary to get details of willingness or otherwise of the families to participate in the
plans before implementing them.
The set of questions and answers given in the following pages also give in a nutshell
the basic objectives and philosophy of the Project schemes.
H. W. BUTT
Director
AREA TO BE COVERED
WARD NO. 20, BLOCK NO. 1
Name of the Localities :
1.
2.
3.
Behrupia Galli
Jobari Galli
Kokakitatti
1.
2.
Kabutar Khana
Golla Khidki
1.
2.
3.
4.
Umda Bazar
Dood Bowli
Maharaj Gunj
Chatakni Pura
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Dood Bowli
Kamati Pura
Misri Gunj
Tad Ban
Gulshan Nagar
1.
2.
Jahanuma
Gazi Banda
1.
2.
Hussaini Pura
Kishan Bagh
4.
5.
6.
7.
BLOCK NO. 2
WARD NO. 20
3.
4.
5.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Bondal Guda
Golla Khidki
Bahadur Pura
Devibag
BLOCK NO, 2
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
WARD NO. 19
Bibi Gunj
Fateh Darwaza
Moin Pura
Kala Pathar
Chandulal Baradari Colony
BLOCK NO. 3
3.
4.
5.
WARD NO. 19
Hussaini Alam
Sukhmeer Kaman
Shibli Gunj
BLOCK NO. 1
WARD NO. 19
WARD NO, 19
Gollakhidiki
Bhagyanagar
Pardhiwada
Shiv Nagar (Puranapul)
Fatima Nagar
Ottapalli
Shamsheer Gunj
BLOCK NO 4
3. Mahmood Nagar Colony
4. Kondareddi Guda
5. Zoological Park Colony
WARD NO. 19 BLOCK NO. 5
1. Bahadur Pura Colony
2. Nandi Muslai Guda
TABLE 6:1
Block I
DETAILS ABOUT WARD 19 (ALL 5 BLOCKS) AND WARD 20 (I & II ONLY)
Block II
Block III
Block IV
Block V
Total
Block I
Block II
1.
Total popu
lation
11,182
16,781
13,411
1,953
1,929
45,256
5,669
6,232
11,901
57,157
2.
No. of families
2,222
3,251
2,632
389
405
8,899
1,111
1,161
2,272
11,171
3.
Average size
of family
5.03
5.16
5.1
5.02
4.76
5.09
5.1
5.37
5.24
5.12
4.
Literacy rate
52.47%
32.00%
42.30%
45.26%
37.87%
63.89%
51.56%
46.56%
5.
No. of families :
6.
44.98%
41.95%
Grand Total
Total
Hindus
1,242
527
520
82
300
2,671
824
612
1,590
4.261
Muslims
947
2,711
2,101
305
99
6,163
276
530
997
7,160
Others
33
13
11
2
6
65
11
19
40
105
1,411
(2222)
509
(987)
699
(1225)
1,222
(2486)
169
(1601)
288
1,857
(3257)
733
(1513)
1172
(1973)
1,305
(3625)
162
(2074)
427
1,373
(2632)
495
(1214)
768
(1587)
800
(2780)
144
(1642)
556
230
(389)
81
(174)
95
(251)
138
(411)
13
(212)
72
225
(405)
49
(146)
76
(204)
110
(405)
15
(275)
94
5,095
(8899)
1,867
(4034)
2,810
(5240)
3,575
(9709)
503
(5804)
1,437
788
(HU)
260
(461)
473
(687)
689
(1338)
79
(668)
146
739
(1161)
273
(493)
507
(678)
916
(1503)
204
(879)
59
1,527
(2272)
533
(954)
980
(1365)
1.605
(2841)
283
(1547)
205
6,622
(11,171)
2,400
(4988)
3,790
(6605)
5,180
(12,550)
786
(7351)
1,643
Acceptance of plans
Health
Creche
Balwadi
M. Mandal
Youth club
Not willing
* NOTE :
Figures in the brackets indicate the total No. of eligible families I children I persons for the respective plans as
described in the following pages as against their acceptance indicated by the above corresponding figures.
INDO - DUTCH
PROJECT
FOR
CHILD
WELFARE
POLICY - STRATEGY - PLANNING
1
2
share of the families as well as the role of the
agencies will also increase each year when the
Project will phase out completely in a period
of 8 to 10 years.
Q. What is the basic policy of this project ?
A. Overall development of the child and youth
while focussing attention on the age group
of 0-16 years the basic policy is to produce
ultimately ideal individuals healthy in mind
and body, self-reliant and capable of suppor
ting themselves.
5
Q. What exactly does the Project wish to achieve?
A. To share in the planning and implementing of
practical and community oriented programmes:
to provide the necessary inputs and gradually
takeover items that are successful that can be
made self-propelling over a period of time.
The inputs will consist of land, buildings,
equipment, personnel, technical expertise and
finances, wherever necessary.
A. Through an integrated programme of educa
tion, health and nutrition the Project aims to
promote a better quality of life in the younger
generations to produce good citizens responsi
ble to society and to themselves.
3
Q. Why is the Netherlands Foundation interested
in a Project of this kind ?
6
A. The Netherlands Foundation, which has been
created at the instance of the Queen of the
Netherlands, aims at assisting in the growth
and development of children and youth all
over the world. The people of the Nether
lands, through the Foundation, are interested
in helping programmes of overall development
of the child which can create an urge for
better living especially among the under privi
leged and weaker sections of the population.
4
Q. What is the area of operation and how long
will this project continue ?
A. A contiguous area, preferably a Ward will be
selected with a population of 50,000 to 55,000
within the Muncipal limits of the city of
Hyderabad. To bring about changes in the
community it is felt that the Project should
have a duration of nearly 8 to 10 years. The
object is to experiment with a sizable area
which can be controlled and supervised by
regular staff. An impact can be created in
this way with an intensified approach to
obtain good results for replicability in other
Wards of the city.
Q. Who is financing this project ?
A. This is a pilot Project in which the partners
are-the Municipal Corporation, the concerned
State Departments, voluntary agencies, indi
vidual families and the Indo Dutch Project.
In the first year 60 percent of the cost will be
financed by the Indo Dutch Project while 40
per cent at the rate of 10 per cent each will
be shared by the above agencies. This pattern
of sharing of costs will change each year
as the participation of the communities
increases and as programmes develop. The
Q. What is the role of the Municipal Corporation,
the concerned State Departments and volun
tary agencies ?
7
Q. Will this project cover all age groups ?
A. The focus of all programmes and activities
will be on children and youth in the age group
of 0-16 but this will also include the parents
of the children and the members of the
community. Other agencies and the Munici
pal Corporation have plans to include the
older age groups as well.
8
Q. How for will the views of the leaders, families,
and individuals be accepted in the planning
of this project ?
A. One of the basic principles of the Project is
to involve the families in the process of plan
ing, to obtain the views and suggestions of the
leaders of the communities. The emphasis
is on a democratic approach where the fami
lies will be free to accept, reject or modify
the plans before any programme is implemen
ted. No programme will take off unless and
until there is sufficient response from the
community which is the basic factor to sustain
the programme.
9
13
Q. Why should you not concentrate on the lower
socio-economic or slum population alone ?
A. The Project aims at all income groups so that
a feeling of community living could be
encouraged where give and take could become
a common feature. For a long term Project
children of all communities and all economic
groups need attention in the areas of health,
education and nutrition.
14
Q. Why not start programmes immediately in
areas where people are ready all over the city
instead of concentrating on one ward?
A. The Project aims at an integrated approach
where overall development is the main objec
tive. Programmes will have to be taken up
for all aspects connected with the growth
and development of the child.
In order
to measure results for replicablility it is
advisable to concentrate on one specific area
which will make it easier to supervise the
services, the participation of families and
assess the effectiveness of the various prog
rammes. Instead of dispersing these attention
on a wider area it is better to focus attention
in a limited area to produce results that could
be multiplied in other Wards as well by
various departments and organisations:
Q. What do you mean by participation of indi
viduals and families?
A. Participation means taking active part in the
programmes at any level; this can be done in
several ways-by contributing personal services;
sharing the costs or providing items necessary
for programmes, attending classes, demons
trations etc.
11
Q. Why has this ward been selected ?
A. The criteria of selection is that the Ward
should be fairly representative in character.
Your Ward has been proposed by the Munici
pal Corporation as it fits in with the set
criteria but the ultimate selection will depend
upon the response and willingness of the
communities in the Ward. Two other Wards
are also being examined in the same manner.
1
he final decision will depend on the propor
tion of families that accept the programmes
suggested.
Q. Why does not this project help the poor with
out asking for any contribution from them
when the Government and the Netherlands
Foundation are coming forward to help the
people ?
A. As the Project aims at helping individuals
help themselves to become self-reliant, charity
will not be conducive to achieve this oblctive.
Emphasis will be given to lower socio-econo
mic groups if they are prepared to come for
ward with their mite in whatever shape and
however small it may be so that there is feel
ing of partnership between the community and
the Project. In this way the younger genera
tion will grow and develop and learn to stand
on their own feet without being at the receiv
ing end for hand outs thus becoming more
and more dependent in the long run.
10
12
Q. What kind of voluntary agencies will be
in this project ?
15
A. Voluntary agencies that share the basic con
cepts of the Project and are ready to collabo
rate with the Project by providing basic inputs
like nutrition, equipment, personnel and other
essentials required for the implementation of
the plans.
Q. How will this project help in developing selfreliance among the people?
A. By involving local youth and leaders at every
stage in the programmes which is one of the
main fundamental principaltjof the Project.
By identifying functional leaders and encour
aging youth to come forward to take part
2
special interest. Training will cover leadership,
citizenship, management and specialised skills
for specific trades and cottage industries etc.,
adult literacy and any other area the commu
nity or group would require.
in programmes' tor which they are qualified,
the community can become more self-reliant
and be able to stand on its own strengffiover
a period of time.
16
Q. Why do you want voluntary organisations to
be part of the project ?
19
A. The partnership of various agencies and
voluntary organisations will help in designing
and streamlining activities that could sustain
themselves in the long run This pilot Project
can provide guidelines* to voluntary organisa
tions that form part of the Project. These
organisations can then repeat such program
mes in other areas as well in the State or even
in different parts of the country. As the
objective of the Project is comprehensive and
far reaching and cannot be achieved by any
single agency it is better to involve such
voluntary agencies that have the same kind
of objectives so that together it would be
easier to reach the goals.
17
A. Although a sound basic educational pro
gramme is the dominant feature of the Project,
efforts will be made to introduce schemes that
aim at improving the economic base of the
families.
Elaborate production plants to
provide relief on a large scale is not the main
consideration, although such efforts will not
be discouraged if initiated by other agencies.
Training skills and trades will improve the
earning capacity of the people thus supplemen
ting their existing incomes or providing them
job opportunities.
20
Q. What are the new methods and techniques
that will be introduced to improve the effec
tiveness of the existing services?
A. Emphasis will be given to improve the
efficiency by organising specific training
programmes. All categories of personnel
working in the different schemes will be
trained to develop special skills Their area of
operation, job functions and responsibilities
will be spelled out clearly. Necessary equip
ment will be provided to them: Specia
lists will be used to guide and supervise the
workers. A system of reporting will be desi
gned for periodic assessment of the work done.
Regular workshops and conferences will be
held for the workers, trainers and specialists
to review the existing methods and adopt new
techniques to improve efficiency.
18
Q. Will the economic condition of the people
improve ?
Q. As poverty is the basic problem of many fami
lies why not concentrate on improving
economic conditions alone without bothering
about health and education ?
A. Poverty is part of a vicious circle, If poverty
has to be eradicated on a long term basis
other aspects of human life related to educa
tion, health and nutrition have to be taken
care of simultaneously. If the families under
stand the basic philosophy of the Project of an
integrated approach and participate effecti
vely in some of the schemes the ultimate result
would definitely be the improvement of the
quality of life, which would be a more effec
tive method of tackling poverty.
21
Q. How are you going to educate the illiterate
masses regarding the benefits of the project ?
A. Several steps are being taken in a scientific
manner to educate the families in the proposed
area. After collecting the detailed informa
tion about the number of households, agewise
distribution, religion, educational level, family
size, existing facilities in education and health,
the following steps are being taken to get
the families acquainted with the design for
education, health and nutrition.
Q. What kind of training will this project give
and for what purposes ?
A. All types of training can be arranged by the
Project with the help of concerned depart
ments but these will depend on the types of
workers and their requirements.
Training
programmes will be arranged for youth clubs
and mahila mandal members in areas of their
3
22
1.
Adetailed study of the existing facilities
of the proposed area by qualified commu
nity organisers.
2.
Simplifying the plans to explain the
benefits that the families can derive by
joining the scheme and the kind of parti
cipation expected from them.
3.
Discussions with local leaders, heads of
families, heads of institutions to explain
the objectives of the Project.
4.
Consulting the local families regarding
their views about the plans.
5.
Incorporating the suggestions from the
community for changes or amendments
in the plans. Preparation of visuals,
leaflets to explain the details of each plan.
6.
A dialogue to be undertaken by lady
volunteers with the families and institu
tions to help the women understand the
implications of each plan and to explain
their role.
7.
Ample opportunity will be given for
individuals and families whether literate
or illeterate to get a clear understanding
of the proposed plans in order to register
their reactions and responses.
24
Q. What will happen to the efforts that are
already being made by the other voluntary
agencies ?
A. Before the proposed plans are implemented
interested voluntary agencies and those already
working in the area will be invited to cooper
ate in a common programme so that over
lapping and duplication can be avoided. Pro
grammes and activities in this way could be
streamlined if they have the common aims
and objectives. Voluntary agencies that have
already initiated schemes with the same object
ives will be encouraged and strengthened so
that they may be capable of continuing on a
long term basis.
23
a family becomes a member by paying 10 per
cent of the total cost they will get specific
benefits of quality service through an ANM
who will make home visit under the guidance
of a health visitor with periodic checkups
by a doctor. The advantages of this scheme
include total immunization for the family,
domiciliary services for deliveries, treatment
of minor ailments, demonstrations and advice
in health education, environmental sanitation
and family planning.
Similarly there are
specific benefits that will accrue to those
enrolled as members of mandals, youth clubs,
creches, balwadis etc.
Q. How will the families stand to gain by enroll
ing themselves in the schemes ?
A. In each scheme the benefits that the families
will derive have been spelled out. For exam
ple in the integrated health assurance plan if
4
Q. Why not give attention to the basic needs of
the community such as drainage, water supply,
electricity and housing which need the highest
priority ?
A. The Project aims at helping the people to
improve themselves. The main emphasis is
human development that is to improve their
knowledge and skills. There are other agen
cies such as the Municipal Corporation that
takes care of the above basic needs. One of
the major problems faced is that communities
do not take up the responsibility of using
these facilities in a proper way.
If such a
feeling of community responsibility could be
developed the cooperation of the concerned
agencies can be sought to provide the neces
sary requirements for such communities.
25
Q. Why should there be so much attention on
education in this project when there are
adequate number of private and gevernment
schools ?
A. With the increase in population it cannot be
said that the existing schools are adequate to
cover the demands of the school going child
ren. The Project not only aims to supple
ment these efforts but also to help in improveing the quality of education in the primary
schools through the department of education.
Prqfammes initiated by the Project will aim
at ah allround education for those in school
and out of school. Programmes will include
coaching classes to tutor the weak students in
schools: to teach literacy and numeracy to
those out of school and provide opportunities
of learning trades and vocational education
to the older youth. Different types of educa-
tion both for the literate and illiterate
individuals will be started which is not ‘
covered bv the educational institutions.
26
Q. How wiil local agencies be involved in the
programmes of this project 7
PLAN NO. 1
PRESCHOOL CHILD EDUCATION
1
A. Local agencies that are interested in the
proposed plan and arealready working in this
direction will be directly involved by giving
them the necessary inputs to improve their
efficiency and skills. Other agencies that
would like to join in the programmes could
be invited to discuss and plan their roles in
specific programmes.
27
A. Yes, but in addition to this the main objec
tive of the balwadis to help the children to
learn simple factors of cleanliness, hygiene,
health and discipline to create a spirit of work
ing and playing together and influencing the
parents through the child in health education
and nutrition.
Q. Will there be any continuity of the program
mes initiated by the Project 7
A. Repeatability and continuity are some of the
fundamental principles of the Project. No
programme will be initiated unless it is possi
ble to be repeated in other areasand unless its
continuity can be assured. It is for this reason
that while planning and designing program
mes the role and sharing of costs between the
Municipal Corporation, the State departments,
voluntary agencies and individual families
have been clearly spelled out. Each year
according to the progress of each programme
the responsibilities and continuation of the
agencies and individual families will increase
while the share of the Indo Dutch Project will
gradually decrease till it completely phases
out after period of 8 to 10 years.
28
Q. Will the balwadis (nursery school) prepare the
children for primary school education 7
2
Q. Is it necessary for a child to be exposed to a
balwadi before seeking admission to the
primary school ?
A. It is not always necessary for the child to be
exposed to a balwadi before being admitted
to a primary school but nevertheless it is a
great advantage as the child has better oppor
tunities of learning through recreation and
informal education which develops the right
attitude for primary school education.
3
A. Normally children are admitted to balwadis
from 2J to 3 years upto 5 years of age. Below
this age group the children can be admitted in
the creche which would be more useful espe
cially with regard to nutrition and health.
Q. What role can local leaders play in making
the programmes more effective 7
4
A Local leaders play a major role in the prog
rammes of the project. Efforts are being made
to identify genuine and functional leaders who
can make the programmes effective. More
emphasis will be given to developing local
youth and leaders through training and by
providing necessary skills.
It is through
leaders that the programme can become more
effective and self-propelling after a period of
time.
Q. Why don't you take children from the age of
2
in the balwadis ?
Q. What specific advantage will our children
derive by enrolling themselves in your
balwadis 7
A. Apart from informal education and forming
of healthy habits and developing the right
attitude to learning children will be given a
supplementary nutritious midday meal which
will reduce the high degree of malnutrition
causing the high frequency of infection among
the preschool child. With total immuniza
tion and regular health checkups the child
will have an opportunity to live in a healthy
atmosphere and acquire a good start in life.
There will also be carry over of improvements
from the child to the family.
5
5
A. The main object in insisting on sharing in any
form is to create a feeling of partnership bet
ween the parents and the Project. Although
the contribution of the parents in running the
balwadi is nominal when compared to the
actual costs per child, it is hoped that gradu
ally the parents and the community will
realise the importance of such balwadis and
establish them whenever necessary. It is hoped
by this partnership that the parents will take
up greater responsibility of the different as
pects of the balwadi. In this way a commu
nity will be developed and all children in the
community will be benefited by such institu
tions that can prepare their children for a new
and better life.
Q. Will the children be taught how to read and
write ?
A. It is not advisable to burden children with
reading and writing at an early age of 2| or 3
years. Indirect methods of recognising letters
and numbers etc. will be introduced. Before
the child leaves the balwadi it will acquire
some knowledge of reading and writing but
this will not be the main focus of the balwadi.
6
Q, Will you take up the responsibility to get
admission of the balwadi children into the
primary schools ?
A. As far as possible children who have reached
the age of 5 will be sent for admission to the
nearby primary school. Assistance no doubt
will be given to such children by the teachers
but the balwadi will not take up the responsi
bility as such.
7
10
8
11
Q. What exactly is the aim of a balwadi ?
Q. Will you provide facilities for the children to
be brought to the balwadis from their homes ?
A. As far as possible balwadis will be situated in
a central location of the community itself. It
will not be possible for the balwadi to provide
facilities to pickup children from their homes
unless the parents themselves are willing to
contribute towards this facility if and where
it is necessary.
A. The balwadi aims at helping children to
develop and grow in a healthy situation.
Children learn many basic things connected
with their surroundings, the homes and envi
ronment. The balwadi is also used as a tool
to educate parents to give better care to their
children, to stress the need for a better nutri
tive diet and to show how to achieve this
from locally available ingredients. In general
the balwadi aims to equip the children with
everything that is necessary to encourage better
quality of students to the primary schools.
9
A. The midday meals are designed by specialists
in food and nutrition. It is not full meal
but a supplementary diet It aims to improve
the nutritions intake of the balwadi children
by using cheap and locally available ingre
dients that can be made into a palatable
balanced diet. A variety of recipes have been
suggested and will be used with different
menus each day consisting of pulses, food
grains and green leafy vegetables.
Q. Are the balwadis limited to only recreation
and games or do the children actually learn
something ?
A. Learning takes place through recreation,
games and informal education at the preschool
stage, The child will definitely learn many
important things connected with health,
nutrition, cleanliness, exercise, songs, and
poems-knowledge of animals, birds and plants
and many other items that could be taught to
the child in a simple but effective way.
Q. What kind of diet will be provided during the
midday meals and how will this be more
nutritious?
12
Q. Why do you insist on sharing of costs by the
parents to run the balwadi when funds are
made available from different agencies?
6
Q. What will be the language in which children
have to talk ?‘
A. The language or medium of instruction will
depend on the requirement of the community.
By and large two languages will be used but
the teachers will have to be trained in the
medium of instruction that the parents would
desire, Teluge, Urdu, English or Hindi
16
13. Q. How can poor parents afford to share the
cost of the balwadi ?
A. It is for this reason that cash alone is not
insisted upon from parents although the
amount is very nominal in comparison to the
total required per month to run a balwadi.
On diet alone an amount of 50 paise per child
per day will be spent in addition to salaries,
equipment rent etc. Alternatives for this
contribution have been suggested in the shape
of services or kind. Mothers can contribute
by assisting in the kitchen or as a helper to
the balsevika or work as a balsevika herself
if she has the necessary qualifications.
Arrangements for training will be provided
by the Project if she has the minimum
educational qualifications,
14
A. Willing parents who are prepared to partici
pate in the programme; preferably children
pertaining to the lower socio economic group,
working parents who have no assistance at
home and physically handicapped children if
they are not mentally retarded.
17
Q. Is there any special epuipment that will
used for those balwadis ?
be
A. Yes the whole set of equipment necessary for
the balwadi will be supplied after receiving
technical guidance and help from specialist
agencies. As far as possible local epuipment
prepared by mothers and members of the
mahila mandal will be used. It is not the
purpose of the Project to encourage sophisti
cated teaching material that is not applicable
to local conditions. Experiments will be made
to utilise simple items that can play an
important part in the education of the children.
Q. What will be the role of the mothers in the
balwadi ?
A. Mothers will be invited and encouraged to
gradually take up more and more responsi
bilities in different aspects of the balwadi
until they reach the stage of managing balwadis themselves.
A committee will be
formed of four or five mothers who can
supervise and or cook the midday meal.
Mothers can effectively participate in pro
grammes of nutrition education. The bal
wadi can well provide a practical training
ground for the mothers where they can learn
how to give better care to the children not
only from the psychological point of view
but also for better health practices and
nutrition.
15
Q. What kind of children will be selected for
admission to balwadis?
18
Q. How many children will be enrolled in each
class and how many teachers will be responsi
ble for the balwadi ?
A. It would be proper to have 25-30 children in
each balwadi under one trained ' nursery
teacher with one helper. The supervision of
the balwadi in the composite units will be
organised by the staff of a specialised insti
tution.
19
Q. Will there be any arrangement to take care of
the health of the child ?
A. Yes, the health of the. children will be part of
the responsibility of the balsevika as the
balwadi will be included in the integrated
health assurance plan of a composite unit with
a systematic procedure for the children to be
checked periodically by the ANM, the health
visitor and if necessary the doetor who will
supervise this unit on a regular basis. The
balwadi will be visited periodically by the
above health staff not only for health check
ups but also to give the children opportunities
to learn about the healthy practices, cleanlines
better food habits and all items connected
with health education.
7
Q Will the children have any choice regarding
their food requirements ?
A. The diet will be planned according to the
locally available ingredients catering to the
local taste. The menu will vary to provide a
choice to the children.
PLAN No. 4
visitor and supervised by a doctor. Individual
services to each family at the house itself will
consist of total immunization, preventive
measures, health education, postnatal care,
home deliveries in normal cases and family
planning services.
INTEGRATED HEALTH ASSURANCE PLAN
1
Q. What is the basic objective of the health
assurance plan ?
4
A. T he integrated health assurance plan is
designed to provide comprehensive health care
especially to children below 5 years and
pregnant and lactating mothers through health
education and emphasis on prevenative
measures. The scheme aims to educate the
family as a whole to adopt improved standards
of health. By providing quality services at
home efforts will be made to reduce the
need for the family to visit hospitals or depend
on the services of a doctor for minor ailments.
Families will be taught to take remedial and
preventive measures themselves as far as
possible.
Although
families who enrol
themselves in the plan (by contributing 10 per
cent of the total cost that is Rs 20/- per family
of 5, per year) will receive direct stipulated
services, the neighbours will also benefit from
the educational aspect of the plan. Through
a process of diffusion the entire community
will benefit either directly or indirectly.
2
A. With a nominal payment the families will be
able to receive individual attention and what
is more important, learn simple methods of
prevention of diseases improved nutrition and
better environmental sanitation. It is hoped
that when the families are convinced of the
quality of services they receive, they them
selves will increase their contribution to get
still better services that will not be available
from regular hospitals.
5
Q. Is there any special type of services that the
plan will offer which are not normally availa
ble in the city ?
A. The special type of services consist of :
Q. What do you hope to achieve in the implimentation of this plan ?
A. If the plan is fully implemented we hope to
achieve a better standard of health in the
children and mothers by reducing the incidence
of mortality; and morbidity, malnutrition to
improve the nutritional and health status of
the family with better environmental sanita
tion and an improved dietary patternji to
reduce the incidence of disease and encourage
spacing and small family norm,
3
Q. Why do you insist on payment of 10 per cent
of the total cost when Government provides
free health services?
Q. How will the services provided under this plan
differ from the regular services of the Govern
ment hospitals ?
6
a)
Home visits by a specially trained ANM
who will take up the responsibility of the
children under 5 and the mothers from
conception to the postnatal stage.
b)
Total immunization
measures.
c)
Minimal medical care and periodical
medical checkupsand preschooleheckups.
d)
Improvement of nutritution particularly
for antenatal women, nursing mothers
and children under five.
e)
Family Planning.
f)
Health education.
and
preventive
Q. How will you select the families in the scheme ?
A. Only such families will be eligible who are ;
A. The services provided in this plan would
comparatively be of better quality as a trained
ANM will make regular home visits and will
be incharge of only 500 families at the
maximum. She will be assisted by a health
8
a)
Willing to contribute their share either in
the shape of cash or personnel services.
b)
Preferable of the lower income groups.
7
mothers
c)
Pregnant and lactating
children under five.
d)
Target couples with a high risk.
No distinction of religion, creed or caste
will be made.
against all infectious diseases. In case of any
exceptions early detection by the health staff
will help the families to get immediate medical
attention.
and
11
Q. Will you provide medical aid to the entire
family ?
A. For illnesses and emergencies that are not
covered under the head of minor ailments,
arrangement will be made at a nearby hospital
where the patients will be referred to. These
services however will not be free at the
hospital.
A. Top priority will be given to pregnant and
lactating mothers and children under 5 but
normally the nuclear family of 5 will receive
medical and health care according to the
terms laid down in the scheme. The other
older members will not be eligible under the
scheme but advice can be given. This scheme
will not cover major ailments, chronic diseases
and cases of hospitalization.
8
12
Q. What do you mean by minor ailments ?
9
cold;
Respiratory:
cough;
pneumonia: etc.
b)
Gastro intestinal, diarrhoea, dysentry,
gastro - enteritis, typhoid, and worm
infestations.
c)
Communicable diseases-measles, chicken
pox, mumps, whooping cough etc.
bronchits;
d)
Skin, eye, ear diseases.
e)
Minor accidents and ear diseases.
13
14
Q. How can you assure us that our children will
be protected from all infectious diseases ?
A. All efforts will be made under a programme
of total immunization to protect the children
9
Q. Once we enrol ourselves in the scheme will
family planning become compulsory ?
A. According to the Government policy family
planning is not compulsory. Efforts will
however be made to educate the family regar
ding methods of family planning which do
not necessary include sterilisation alone. Family
planning advice will depend upon the require
ments and age group ofeach individual family.
Through child care the health staff will try to
convince the families that their existing child
ren will survive which should become a good
incentive for family limitation.
Q. Are your ANMs qualified to take care of
pregnancies at homes ?
A. Yes, the ANMs will be given special training
to take care of pregnancies at home but in
case of complications the ANMs will refer the
case to the doctor. In general home deliveries
will not be recommended.
10
Q. How often will your ANM visit our homes?
A. A regular schedule has been prepared for the
ANMs and health visitors for maternal health
and child care. The number of visits will
depend upon the purpose, e.g. for antenantal
care the ANM will make home visits at the
24th, 28th, 32nd, 34th and 36th week. For
postnatal care daily visits will be made for 10
days and monthly visits upto 12 months and
quarterly visits upto 24 months. Home visits
will be according to the requirements of medi
cal assistance needed by the registered family.
A. Minor ailments have been broadly defined as
simple items that do not need hospitalization.
Limited treatment can be given at home by
the health staff for ailments under the follow
ing heads:
a)
Q. Is there any arrangement in your scheme for
free consultation in complicated illnesses and
emergencies ?
Q. What assistance will we get for a nutritious
diet for our children ?
A. Demonstrations will be a regular feature of
the programmes during home visits. Efforts
will be made to demonstrate menus for nutri
tions diets for both children and nursing
mothers.
ding to the local requirements and convenience
of the mothers.
PLAN No. 5
CRECHE
6
1
Q. What is the specific advantage that we can
derive by admitting our children to the creche?
A. Children between 1 to 21 years of age if
admitted to the creche will improve their
nutritional and health status. The creche will
help in laying the foundation for proper
social, psychological development of the
child. It will reduce the incidence of morta
lity. morbidity and mal-nutrition. It will help
working mothers and enhance the capacity of
the mothers and community in general
through nutrition education and knowledge
of improved child rearing practices.
7
Q. What type of families will be eligible to this
facility ?
A Families from the lower socio-economic group
and who are willing to accept the terms and
conditions of the creche will be eligible. The
creche will not be restricted only to working
mothers. Facilities will also be provided to
mothers to attend meetings of the mahila
mandals, balwadis etc.
3
Q. How will the children benefit by the creche?
9
Q. Does the mother have any responsibilities if
her child is admitted to the creche ?
A. Yes, mothers will have to participate in the
demonstrations and training programmes held
in connection with maternity and child care.
They should practise at home the various food
habits, cleanliness, health checkups etc,
demonstrated in the creche. They should be
responsible to leave aud pickup the child from
the creche. They should clean the child pro
perly before bringing it to the creche.
Q. What kind of diet will be given to these
children ?
A. The main consideration in planning the diet
for children is to improve their nutritional
intake by using cheap and locally available
ingredients such as milk, jaggery, kicheri,
jawar, flour, green gram, green leafy vegeta
bles, etc.
5
Q Why do you insist on payment when funds are
being provided by the Government and the
Municipal Corporation ?
A. Partnership and sharing of costs and responsi
bilities is the main objective of this Project.
Mothers need not contribute oniy in the shape
of money but can assist in the running of the
creche in different ways in lieu of contribu
tion. In this way it is hoped to make people
realise their own responsibility and work
together for their own benefit.
A. The nutritional and health status of the child
will improve. The creche will try to provide
the proper atmosphere for psychological and
social development of the child. The children
will be taken care of in a proper and syste
matic manner rather than left on their own
or to care of very young or old family
members.
4
Q. Will you take up the responsibility of health
and food of your children during the hours of
thr creche ?
A. This is the main objective of establishing a
creche. The children will be taken care of by
a trained helper who could also be one of the
mothers, supervised by the ANM and health
visitor.
8
2.
Q. Is the creche only meant for working mothers ?
A. Not necessarly ; although preference will be
give to working mothers.
10
Q Can you assure us that the health of the child
will improve if it is admitted to the creche?
A. With proper diet and child care, children
usually improve in health.
Q. Will the parents be allowed to take their
children according to their convenience or will
there be fixed timings for the creche ?
A. The timings of the creche will be fixed accor
10
11
Q. Who will be responsible to run the creche?
A. If the number of children admitted to the
creche is according to the quota fixed in a
composite unit, there will be two ANM’s by
of this input. Periodic reports will be submited by the concerned staff which show the
changes that will appear in each child.
Research will be conducted to study the
noticeable changes in the physical and mental
growth of the child.
rotation-one mother, one helper, supervised
by one health visitor and a doctor.
12
Q. Will medical facilities be available to the
children who are admitted to the creche ?
A. Yes, a regular health chekup will be made by
the health staff. Incase of minor ailments or
infectious diseases required medical help will
be made available.
13
17
14
PLAN No. 8
MAH!LA MANDALS (WOMENS' CLUBS)
1
2
Q. Can we be sure that our children will be
entrusted to sympathetic and kind workers
during hours of the creche?
A. The helpers and health staff will be specially
trained before they are given responsibility of
the children at the creche. As far as possible
mothers of the children will be encouraged to
take up this responsibility.
16
Q How can women spare time to become
members of the mahila mandal when they have
their own house work ?
A. Members of the mahila mandals can give time
whenever convenient to them after completing
their own house work. A good example can
be the lady volunteers themselves who have
offered to spare time to talk to women in the
community regarding the plans of the Project.
If mahila mandals help housewives to improve
house keeping, home management and provide
them with opportunities to supplement their
income, is it not advantageous to find some
spare time ?
Q. Do you expect us to give the same type of diet
at home that you give to the children at the
creche ?
A. The diets planned and demonstrated at the
creche will be designed by the technical staff
of the Home Science College. The emphasis
is on simple, cheap and easily available ingre
dients so that the mothers at home can
continue the same type of diet without any
problem
IS
A. Classes, demonstrations and individual gui
dance will help to enhance the capacity of the
mother in taking care of her child.
Q. Why do you insist on the child being properly
cleaned before bringing it to the creche-what
is the creche for?
A. The creche is also a tool to educate mothers
in maintaining healthy practices, cleanlines,
personal hygiene and environmental sanitation
If children are not taken care at home the
creche alone cannot bring improvement in
them The mothers are expected to practise
the items demonstrated on their children at
the creche. It is for this reason that a clean
child taken care of at home will not only
encourage- other mothers to follow suit but
will help the child to be in the same clean
atmosphere both at home and in the creche.
Q. What can the mother learn by attending the
demonstrations at the creche ?
Q. What specific advantage will the women get
in enrolling themselves in mahila mandals ?
A. The specific advantages are as follows :
1.
receiving training to improve skills in
trades and cottage industries which can
help in supplementing family incomes.
2.
participating in cooking demonstrations
that will improve the nutritional value of
foods using locally available and cheap
ingredients for the preparation of nutri
tious diets.
3.
learning to work as a team to take up
responsibility of programmes for children
in the community.
Q, How should we know that the children have
benefitted by the creche ?
A. Regular charts and research with individual
records of weight & height will be maintained
for each child in the creche to study the impact
11
4.
improving knowledge and receiving all
round education for better and efficient
working in interested fields.
5.
developing skills in sewing, stitching,
embroidery and other aspects to become
self-sufficient and also to earn money.
6.
the mahila mandals can decide themsel
ves what type of programmes can be
introduced for their benefit and specific
advantage.
7.
3
be examined, Only such products or articles
will be encouraged if there is a demand for
them. As far as possible the mahila mandals
will be linked up with agencies that could
purchase their products directly, In this way
these mandals can stand on their own feet
after receiving the encouragement and direc
tion they need.
7
if illiterate then can benefit by attending
adult literacy classes.
4
8
9
6
10
Q. Will arrangements be made to sell the articles
or products that the members can prepare?
A. Before starting the prepartion of any product
or article the marketing facilities will have to
12
or
Q. Will you have different activities according to
age groups and interests or will the club cater
to only one group of women ?
A. A mahila mandal can organise a variety of
programmes to suit different groups. The
activities can be designed according to the
interests of age groups but need not be restric
ted to any one group alone. For example
some women may be interested only in sewing
and embroidery work, some in typewriting
while some would prefer the preparation of
spice packets or any small trades.
Q. Can the mahila mandal help us in starting
our own business after training '!
A. Special training programmes for specific jobs
can be arranged provided there is adequate
number of members. Members after receiving
training can be encouraged to start small
trades or business with the assistance of the
employment schemes and other agencies.
Q. Is the club meant for learning trades
recreational activities alone ?
A. The activities of the mahila mandal can be
both educational and recreational.
The
programmes can be designed according to the
needs of the women. They can plan the
programmes themselves.
Q. How will the mahila mandal help us in find
ing jobs to supplement our family income ?
A. Programmes of training in specific skills
according to the aptitude and requirements
of the local women can be organised by the
Project in collaboration with institutionsand
concerned departments, It may not be possi
ble always to help members to find jobs ; after
acquiring technical skills they will be in better
position to help themselves.
5
A. Preference will be given to young and active
women desirous of learning something that
will improve their lives. They must have the
spirit of working together for a common aim
and the willingness to assume responsibility.
They must contribute the membership fee to
start with. A specific age limit may not be
set unless the mahila mandal so desires. Pro
grammes and activities will however be direct
ed to the younger groups.
Q. As a member is it necessary for us to be
present in the club for fixed hours ?
A. The hours of the mahila mandal can be fixed
according to the convenience of its members.
It may also not be necessary for each member
to be present for fixed hours Timings can
be arranged according to the needs of mem
bers depending upon the classes that she
would like to attend or meetings that she may
have to be present.
Q. Is there any restriction of age or any quali
fications required to become a member of the
mahila mandal ?
Q. Is.it possible for the mandal to provide opprtunities of learning how to read and write ?
A. Yes, adult literacy and nummeracy will be one
of the specific programmes geared to the inte
rests and requirements of the members not
merely to make them literate but to help them
11
to become more efficient in the trade or the
craft they are interested in.
PLAN No. 7
Q. Will it be possible for the members to be
taught new methods of cooking, food preser
vation and other home recipes that will help
young girls to be better housewives ?
VIGYAN MANDIRS (Centres of Learning)
A. Yes the technical experts of the Home Science
College will design the programmes for foods
and nutrition for the mahila mandals. The
post-graduate students will demonstrate to the
members new methods of cooking nutritive
and cheap diets and many other items in
home management, child development, food
preservation and storage which will equip the
mahila mandal members to be more practical
and efficient housewives.
12
1 Q. What can the youth learn in these vigyan
mandirs other than the existing educational
institutions ?
A. The object of encouraging the establishment
of vigyan mandirs is to assist interested youth
in gaining knowledge in skills in specific areas
according to their aptitude, The emphasis
of these centres will be on learning, developing
skills and community service. The institutions
will develop with the help of the youth
themselves gradually and will take its shape
according to the sield of interest of the
youth. These centres will cater to the needs
of school drop outs, illiterate youth as well as
those who have had formal education. The
programmes will be designed to enrich the
youth in a variety of fields of learning.
Q. What type of activities will the mandals be
engaged in ?
A. The activities of the mahila mandal will be
planned according to the interest and need of
its members. Some of the suggestions are as
follows;
1.
Recreational : Cultural
programmes
singing, story telling, conducting group
games, dramas, music etc.
2.
Educational: Adult literacy, discussion
groups demonstrations, competitions,
lectures family planning and health
education.
3.
Economic projects : Small production
centers for manufacturing chalk crayons,
gauze cloth; spice and protein packets;
beedi manufacturing etc.
2
A. The activities of these centers will cater to
the interests of the members. These centres
are meant to provide opportunities for the
youth to get together, to learn by themselves
in groups or through educational and recrea
tional activities. Demonstrations by subject
matter specialists could be organised to give
knowledge and skills to the youth.
This list can be amended and improved upon
according to existing facilities and local
aptitude.
13
Q. Will the activities of these centres be limited
to any one field such as sports, physical
exercise, library on cultural programme ?
3
Q. What are the facilities that the mahila mandal
can provide to its members in economic
projects ?
A. The members will be assisted in seaking loans
and grants-in-aid, epuipment from different
concerned departments and agencies. They
will be helped in establishing contacts with
concerned government, quasi-government and
other related agencies for services and financial
assistance. Programmes of technical training
and knowledge of production and manage
ment can be made available with the assis
tance of concerned departments and agencies.
13
Q Will the youth be left to themselves in these
centres or will there be someone to provide
them necessary guidance and help ?
A. Programmes of these centres will be designed
with the help of the youth. They will be
involved in the process of planing from the
very beginiug on condition that they are
prepared to take up such responsibilities and
contribute their time and energy. Resource
persons will be made available for guidance
in different subjects. A suitable person from
among the youth themselves and who has the
necessary initiative and enthusiasm
will
be made responsible to run the centre with
the assistance of small group.
4
As centres of learning there will be adequate
opportunity for the youth to imrove them
selves in the areas of their own interest.
Programmes will be designed with the help
of resource persons to guide the youth in
areas where they need more information. As
the activities will be according to the interests
of the youth themselves there will be ample
opportunity for the youth to benefit from
the centres. The youth can benefit through
special training programmes through which
they could gain knowledge and develop skills
for particular trades and industries
5
8
Efforts will be made to discuss with the youth
themselves the programmes and activities that
ther are intrestcd in. If a sizable group is
interested in any particular programme arran
gements will be made to provide the necessary
facilities for the training etc, if needed.
Through individual contacts and group
meetings the co-operation of the youth will
be encouraged. When there is adequate
response a small begining could be made
to start a centre of this kind with the youth
themselves.
9
Q Will it be possible to provide technical
education, specialised training and skills to
those who are in need of them?
A. Efforts will be made to explore such possibi
lities with the help of technical institutions
and concerned departments.
10
Q. What methods will you adopt to convince
the youth that a centre of this kind will be
useful to them ?
A. A small begining will be made with an
interested group of youth for particular
programme. Gradually the youth themselves
will feel the necessity of a centre to develop
any other fields and enrol more youth members.
Q. Who will finance the establishment of these
11
centres and what facilities will be provided
to start with?
A. The pattern of sharing of costs will be the
same as the other plans. The type of facili
ties will depend upon the interest of the youth
and efforts that they are prepared to put into
establish a centre of this kind.
7
Q. Will the youth be made responsible to run
these centres themselves or will you have a
seperate staff for this purpose ?
A. As far as possible members of the centres will
be made responsible to conduct programmes
for the youth.
Q. What methods are you going to use to encou
rage youth to become members and under
stand the basic objectives ot the centres?
A.
6
type of activities can be encouraged depending
upon the type of groups and their require
ments. Arrangements will have to be made
to contact concerned departments and agen
cies for the type of assistance and expertise
that will be needed. The office bearers will
have to divide these responsibilities among
them with the assistance of the Project.
Q, How will the youth be benefited by joining
these centres ?
Q. Will it be possible to provide opportunities
for self employment, establishment of small
business, starting of certain trades etc. ?
A. As far as possible arrangement to provide
programmes of traning to develop skills can
be considered by rhe Project with the Collabo
ration of the Municipal Corporation and the
department of Industries.
Q. What will be the functions and responsibilities
of the office bearers of these centres ?
A. The office bearers of these centres will be
expected to mobilise other members for
programmes of common interest. Plans will
have to be drawn up with the cooperation of
the youth which can be implemented as and
when the group wishes to take action. In the
begining the office bearers will decide what
12
Q. To what extent can the youth expect financial
assistance from the centres in case they would
like to start their own business ?
A. Financial assistance will depend upon the
agencies and concerned departments that
cater to such programmes to encourage the
youth for self-emplomept. All such agencies
and departments would be contacted depen
ding upon the requirements of the youth.
14
13
all groups without any restriction of caste or
creed.
Q. Will the members of these centres have to pay
any fees regularly ?
A. It would be helpful to organise a group for
each centre for which membership fees would
useful. Such decisions can be taken by the
group themselves. Running of these centres
will be left to the organised group in charge
with a resource person.
14
15
Q. What do you expect the youth members to do
as their duty towards the centres ?
A. In the efforts to develop themselves it will be
considered their attitude to also develop the
centres. The centre can be effective only if
the youth members take up responsibility of
organising programmes to develop their own
community besides personal benefit. One of
the main objectives of these centres is to
develop the feeling of the community service
in the youth,
Q Will there be any specific restrictions in the
admission of youth these centres or will you
admit everyone who fits into the prescribed
age group ?
A. As far as possible admission will be open to
IMPLEMENTATION
In 1976 the Project Co-ordination Committee had decided that an effort should be made to
start atleast 2 Blocks in the city to see to what extent these programmes can run on the lines
planned. The results of the dialogue with the Community have shown that 59 32% of the
families, i.e., 6,622 families from the 7 Blocks were willing to join the Health Assurance
Plan, 57.38% of the parents of children of Balwadi age group showed their willingness to
send their children to the Balwadis, 48.11% of parents of children of Creche
age group were willing to send their children to Creche. As the response of the two blocks
of Ward 20 was encouraging, it was decided to start a composite unit in each of these two
blocks. The Municipal Corporation of Hyderabad was approached fora building. The
first Composite Unit was started in May 1976 at Yadgar Hussain Kunta near Puranapul in
the Municipal Hall in Block I of Ward 20. In November 1976, the local Committee of
Block II Ward 20, invited the Project to start the second Composite Unit in the building
they offered at Kabutar Khana free of rent.
Dates of Commencement of Each Plan
COMPOSITE UNIT - I
Plan 8
Plan 4
Plan 1
Plan .5
Plan
Plan 9
Mahila Mandal (Women’s Clubs)
Health Assurance Plan
Balwadi (Nursery School)
Creche
Balgyan Kendra (Non-formal Education)
Adult Literacy Classes
Telugu Coaching Classes
Youth Clubs
Plan 7
15
January
May 3rd
May 17th
June 3rd
June 28th
August 19th
Oct. 3rd
December
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
COMPOSITE UNIT - II
Plan 8
Plan 5
Plan 4
Plan 1
Mahila Mandal
Creche
Health Assurance Plan
Balwadi
PLAN - I :
1975
December
November 2nd 1976
1976
December
1977
February 1st
Preschool Child :
Balwadis :
Before the balwadi was inaugurated a Mother Teachers' Training Course was conducted in
April/May 1976 to utilise members from local community for programmes connected with the
integrated approach in the Composite Unit. The balwadi at Block I was inaugurated by
Smt. Premlata Gupta, President, Family Planning Association of India, Hyderabad Branch
on 17th May 1976 and the one at Block II was inaugurated^by Smt. Krishnaveni Sanjivayya,
Minister for Women and Child Welfare on 7th February 1977.
Two mother teachers who had earlier successfully completed the training course have been
appointed to take care of each balwadi. It was laid down that the mother teachers would
cook the mid-day snacks themselves by rotation. Each balwadi is provided with equipment,
teaching aids, toys etc , costing about Rs. 2000/- The syllabus consists of nursery rhymes,
music with action, story telling, simple number work, acquaintance with the alphabet,
painting, clay modelling, cognition to animals, colours, fruits figures and other day-to-day
items, games, simple health talks etc. The case history records-cum-progress reports of
education, health and behaviour is maintained for each individual child. The strength of
both the balwadis is 93 children, 42 at Block I and 51 at Block II, with almost equal strength
of boys and girls.
Initially the balwadi hours were from 9-00 a.m. to 12-30 p.m.; with effect from 15th June
according to the request of the families the hours are extended from 9-00 a.m. to 3.00 p.m.
The children are given light snacks of milk and fruit at 10-30 a. m. and mid-day meals at
12.30 p.m which consist of “upma” prepared with balabar and green vegetables thrice a week,
soaked channa (gram) thrice a week with eggs and fruits once a week. The cost of the diet
fluctuates around 35 paise per day per child inclusive of the market value of the supplies from
the CARE Organisation. The mother teachers make regular home visits to maintain close
contacts with the parents.
Parent’s contribution per child is Rs 3/- per month at Block I and Rs. 4/- per month at
Block II. The mother teachers from time to time are guided by Lady Voluntary workers
and are exposed to learning situations on pre-school education to get new ideas.
Bal Gyan Kendra (Non-formal Education)
This Plan was not contemplated in the proposed draft outline. It had to be designed to suit
the pressing need of the older brothers and sisters of the balwadi/creche children. These
unfortunate children who are in the age group of 6 - 12 years have either never attended
school or were early drop-outs.
In addition to a local teacher, voluntary workers are the main pillars of this plan. A nonformal method of education with emphasis on games, stories, songsand everyday science
had to be adopted for this group as it lacked discipline and concentration. Classes are held
in the afternoon to suit the needs of these children as they are assigned heavy domestic
duties. The group is out-numbered by girls which may be indicative of the neglect of girls’
education in the community.
16
One of the objects of this new effort is to make some of the children eligible for admission
to the primary school. For this all that is needed is to bring them up to a certain literacy
and numeracy level. The syllabus consists of language, arithmetic, simple science with
demonstrations, painting, clay-modelling, music, story-telling, acting and games.
The strength fluctuates around 35-40. The contribution per child is Re. 1/- per month. The
group has shown good progress. In August 1976, 28 children and in June 1977-41 children
were admitted to the two local Primary Schools, after a short exposure to a course in nonformal education. Some of the children were not able to attend a regular school due to
domestic duties These plans are now being revised to accommodate children who cannot
attend primary school also.
Construction of Government Primary School :
During 1975 monsoon the existing building of Government Primary School in Ward 20
Block I had collapsed. The Project helped to construct the building to encourage commu
nity involvement in a programme of education; to help primary school education which is
part of Project plans: to enable to conduct the activities of the Project in this building. It
was possible to complete this building within the estimated amount of Rs 31,000/- for which
the Project paid Rs. 21,000/- and local community contributed Rs. 10,000/-by way of free
labour and material.
PLAIM - IV - Health Assurance Plan :
T he ANM’s clinic is staffed with one part-time doctor at each clinic and 2 ANM’s at
Block I and one ANM at Block II. The part-time doctor and one ANM have been
deputed by Municipal Corporation of Hyderabad and 2 ANMs by the Department of
Health. The Health Visitor works in both the Blocks, Two staff Nurses from College of
Nursing visit the clinics once a week to train the ANMs. In addition two lady voluntary
doctors visit the Units twice a week for pediatric and gynaec cases. The ANMs make on
an average 10 home visits to offer treatment for minor ailments, immunization, antenatal/
postnatal services.
The number of families registered after having contributed the prescribed amount in Block I
is 217 and in Block II 157.
The ANMs at Block I have immunized 609 children either fully or partially for Polio, DPT,
BCG, Small Pox and TABC. In addition a mass cholera innoculation programme was
organised from April to July 1977 - 1540 persons - 1250 children and 320 adults in both the
Blocks were protected.
PLAIM - V-Creches :
Two Mother Teachers’ Training courses were organised - one in 1976 and the second in 1977.
Three Supervisors from “Mobile Creches" New Delhi had assisted in this course to guide the
participants in equipping and establishing the Creche. The strength of the two creches is 57Block I Creche 27 children and Block II Creche 30 children. Each Creche is managed by
two trained mother teachers and one helper.
The equipment for each Creche with cradles, mattresses, clothings etc. costed about Rs. 2,500/-.
The Nutritionist deputed from the College of Home Science visits the Creches once a week
to guide the mother teachers in the composition and quantities of creche diet. Case history
records are maintained for each child
A control group has been selected for each creche
to study the difference in the growth rates of creche children and other children.
17
The children are given milk at 10 00 a.m. vegetable soup and rice moong khichadi at
12-30 p.m. and porridge at 3-30 p m. Eggs and fruit are given once a week. The little
older children are given peanut chikki in between. The cost of diet fluctuates around 50
paise per day per child.
PLAN - VII - Vigyan Mandirs (Centres of learning) :
The strength of Vigyan Mandirs varies around 25 members The members are in the age
group of 16 - 35 years and are mostly fruit/vegetable vendors, who often face seasonal
unemployment. Efforts are being made to work out vocational training courses on a small
scale to help the youth to supplement their income.
PLAN VIII - Mahila Mandals :
The strength of each Mahlia Mandal varies around 20 members. One sewing machine has
been given to each mahila mandal. Inaddition to the Craft Teachers, the Lady Volunteers
guide the members in tailoring, embroidery, cooking demonstrations on differnt nutritious
and cheap recipes, weaning foods etc.
Educational Activities :
The staff members from the College of Home Science and Population Education Centre give
once a week lectures/demonstrations on nutrition, health, hygiene, maternal and child care,
importance of family planning etc. Adult literacy classes are conducted daily from 11.00
a.m. to 12.00 Noon.
Economic Activities :
Preparation of pickle, was undertaken during 1976. Envelope making programme was
undertaken in 1977 with the help of Self Employment Scheme of Department of Industries:
15
members were engaged on this job and earned Rs. 401.69/-. In addition the members
regularly prepare plastic wire bags, Jute bags and the cloth requirements of creches.
PLAN - IX - Adult Literacy (Night classes) :
These classes in Hindi are held daily from 7 00 p m. to 8 30 p m. The strength of the group
varies around 30 and is between 14-30 years All the members work as vegetable/fruit
vendors during the day time. They are taught language and simple arthmetic to help them
in their profession. So for 34 members have been made literates.
Direct involvement of families :
The Composite Unit I schemes have involved 525 families under its different schemes during
the one year of its presence in the Block. The Composite unit II has benefited 359 families,
with 4 schemes implemented duringthe 8 months functioning in the Block II.
Effective participation :
One of the basic objectives of the Project is to demonstrate to the families in the Blocks that
they should directly be partners in the programmes and share the responsibilities so that
gradually they could take over the running and management of the activities initiated
themselves. Participation by the families has been stressed and defined from the very
beginning. Local mothers have been trained and assigned responsibilities in each plan.
So far with persistent effort the results of sharing have been encouraging.
The contributions collected under all the schemes from about 30 to 34% of the months
recurring expenditure on nutrition and the salaries of the field staff.
18
Statement Showing the Sharing of Costs by Families
Families
Contribution
Expenditure
Percentage of
contribution
to total
expenditure
Rs.
Salaries
Nutrition
Total
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
3060.33
7653.99
2335.00
9989.99
30.64 %
Total for
3614.82
9 months of '77
8486.50
3624.32
12110.82
29.80 %
1246.00
1575.50
310.58
1886.08
66.10 %
Total for
3896.00
9 months of *77
7178.53
3348.56
10527.09
37-00 %
BLOCK I
Total for
1976
BLOCK II
Total for
1976
19
INDO-DUTCH PROJECT FOR CHILD WELFARE
(STICHT1NG NEOEKLANDS KINOEKHULP PLAN)
6-3-885,
SOMAJIGUDA
HYDERABAD - 500004
PHONS OFF. 3S93B
TRAINING
GRAM
PROGRAMME
SVASTHIKAS
(Village Health Agents)
***
By
Dr. H. W. Butt
Director, Indian Bureau
RES. 33408
TRAINING PROGRAMME FOR "GRAM SVASTHIKAS1
(Village Health Agents)
INTRODUCTION:
For the past 5-6 years the Indo Dutch Project has been function
ing in 47 villages of the Chevella Block focusing attention
health, education and nutrition.
on
For the health inputs, the Ni-
loufer health team has been paying regular visits twice a week to
four subcentres.
The Auxiliary Nurse Midwife experiment with an
extra input of training in skills as well as by reducing the area
of operation of each ANM to a population of 5,000 has helped in
using this important functionary more effectively for health edu
cation, care of minor ailments, referrals, family planning, health
and sanitation with a greater emphasis on the preventive sice.
Emphasis on health education and nutrition has been stressed not
only by the ANM but also the balsevika and the mother teachers
which has resulted in a multi-pronged impact on the rural fami
lies.
This experiment has now been spread to the entire Block
under the new Multipurpose Health Scheme.
The Project Working
Group consisting of representatives from the National Institute
of Community Development, Niloufer Health Team, Department of
Health and family Planning, College of Nursing, College of Home
Science, the District and Slock staff reorganised the centres of
the entire Block.
Twenty four subcentres have been now formed to
be manned by a male and female health worker to cover a population -
of 5,000 per unit.
Six zones have been formulated with a male
and a female health supervisor to be in charge of each zone to
provide guidance and supervision to the health workers in four
subcentres in each zone.
This new scheme was inaugurated by the
Minister for Health, Andhra Pradesh at Shankerpalli in September
1976 when all the sixty health workers were provided newly design
ed kits with drugs by the Project in addition to the special
training organized for them by the Medical Department.
ROLE OF TSE NILOUFER TEAM:
Instead of the regular visits to the four subcentres,
the new role
of the Niloufer Team will be monitoring, training, evaluation and
on the spot guidance to the Health staff of two zones covering
eight subcentres manned by 16 health workers and four health super
visors covering an area of 34 villages,
THE VILLAGE LINK — GRAM SVASTHIKA:
One of the main objectives of the Project has been to encourage
local mothers to come forward to take up responsibilities connect
ed with health, education and nutrition.
Local mothers have been
trained by the Project totrun creches and balwadis as mother tea
chers.
In order to strengthen the hands of the health workers, it
has been decided to select and train suitable village women who
have the minimum educational standards (at least 5th grade) for
one month to serve as effective assistants to the health workers of
the new scheme in two zones;
After considering several names for
this village woman the Working Committee felt that the term "GRAM
SVASTHIKA" would be appropriate to bring out the main concept of
a village health worker who will have complete information about
the pregnant arri lactating mothers, number of malnourished children
and the details of births and dea-ths in the village.
This' GRAM
SVASTHIKA will be expected to fill in the cultural gap that exists
between the city doctor/nurse/paramedical workers and the illite
rate rural families.
It is planned to select 34 village women to
serve in the 34 villages of the two zones after they have been
trained at Shankerpalli for a period of one month.
The main role
of the GRAM SVASTHIKA will be to carry the message of health, edu
cation, nutrition and family planning to the rural families and
act as a guide providing the elementary information required for
health education so that the time of the health programmes could
be better utilised during their visits to the concerned villages.
Preference in selecting suitable women will be given to those who
have already been trained as mother teachers or indigenous mid
wives.
An honorarium ranging from Rs. 30 to 50/- for parttime work
will be given to these women which will not be considered as a
salary but as an incentive for the work and interest shown by them.
FUNCTIONS:
The worker should have details of the names of families and
a.
houses specially of women who are in the age
group of 15-44;
also vital statistics (births and deaths).
b.
She should make home visits on a regular basis to build up a
close rapport with the families and be informed of their wel
fare and supervise the under five feeding programme; indentification of malnourished children.
She should be able to attend to minor ailments, dressing first
c.
aid etc. and give necessary advice for maternal and child care,
deworming, vitamin A, follow up T.B. and leprosy patients and
family planning.
<5. She should have complete information about the programme of
doctors’ visits to the key villages as well as the working
hours of the Auxiliary Nurse Midwife/Balsevika and Craft Teacher
e.
On a routine basis she should take wijh her a few families to
the ANN subcentre for health checkups.
f.
In case of emergency, she should inform the ANM/Health Visitor
to visit the village and also to inform the Medical Officers.
g.
In case of referrals and complications, she should accompany
the cases to the primary health centre.
h.
She should act as an agent for family planning and use indirect
methods to encourage families to use the proper method suitable
to them.
i.
She should provide necessary information with the help of flash
cards, flannel graphs to the families in the village for health
:4:
education and emphasize on the priorities of the Project viz.,
encouraging antenatal care for expectant mothers, nutrit-ion
and immunisation.
j.
She should be aware of the type of diseases, epidemics and any
other outbreaks in the village so that she could inform the
subcentre and the primary health centre.
k.
In addition to health, she should also encourage mahila mandais (women’s clubs) and balwadis on the same lines as in the
key
1.
village.
She should act as an agent to provide the necessary informa
tion about the integrated programme.
The r'-.-al families should
look up on her as a guide in cases of health, education and
nutrition.
TRAINING PROGRAMME FOR GRAM SVASTHIKAS:
Period of training: 12 working days on every Mondays, Wednesdays
and Saturdays during the period from 19th February to 21st March
1977 excluding holidays.
Venues
Shankerpalli, Chevella Block.
Trainers: Niloufer eHealth Team, PHC Staff, Block Staff and Specia
lists from the Department of Health and Family Planning,
the College of Home Science and the College of Nursing.
METHODOLOGY:
The syllabus for this course has been designed according to the
jobs to be performed by the Gram Svasthika.
The following are
the units showing the weightage given to each in terms of days
and hours.
s5:
No. of hours for
Practicals
Theory
No.of days
Units
1. Maternal care
2. Child care
3. First aid
4. Nutrition education
5. Health and sanitation
6. Family Planning
7. Records, reports and
vital statistics
8. Collaboration with PHC
workers and other IDP
workers in the Block
Total
2
2
1
2
1
1
6
6
3
6
3
3
4
4
2
4
2
2
1
3
2
2
6
4
12
36
24
After a brief introduction the trainers will spend more time in
demonstrations and field practicals.
Each trainee will be given
an opportunity to complete the registers and other data as group
assignments in Shankerpalli village and as individual assignments
in her own village under the guidance of
the concerned multipurpose
workers.
A set of simple registers will be prepared for each trai
nee along
with simple visuals that she could make use of in her
village.
J03 FUNCTIONS:
1.
The Gram Svasthika will make frequent visits to houses in the
village, assigned to her, in such a way that each child and
each woman are seen at least once in a month, and that those
needing special care are seen every week.
2.
She will detect pregancies early and fill.in the list of pre
gnant women, so that early care during the antenatal period and
labour can be provided.
3.
She will ensure monthly sequential weighing of children at the
time of visit by Multipurpose worker and recording of their
weights on charts for evaluation of their growth and nutrition.
4.
She will maintain a list of children 'at risk* and a list of
other persons in need of special attention.
5.
She will render first aid where necessary and refer sick children
mothers and other adults to the Multipurpose Health Supervisor
s 6 :
(male and female) for checkup and treatment.
6.
She will help the Multipurpose Health Worker (female) in examination
of arm-girth of children with coloured bands etc. and distribute
nutrition supplements like tablets, protein packets (Hyderabad Mix)
entrusted, if any, to her, and ensure on the spot consumption of
the material by the beneficiaries, as far as possible, either indi
vidually or. in groups.
7.
She will organise immunisation compaigns with the help of the
local community, and will collect children and women for immuni
sation when the Multipurpose health worker visits the place.
8.
She will give nutrition education to the families based on food
materials available easily in the village and teach them better
methods of cooking to ensure balanced diet and demonstrate the pre
paration of weaning diets and supplementary diets.
9.
She will educate the families on Health and Sanitation with parti
cular reference to personal hygienet clean drinking water, treat
ment for scabies and other minor ailments of common occurrence.
10,
She will motivate the people to plan their families and bring to
the notice of the Multipurpose health supervisors (male and female)
such cases of eligible couples as are not neadily coming forward
to accept one or the other method of Family Planning.
It within
a fortnight of a missed period, termination of pregnancy is.desi
red, she will refer the case to Multipurpose worker for menstrual
regulation.
11.
She will collect information on births and deaths occurring in the
village and maintain a record of the events.
12,
She will help the Multipurpose Worker (female) in examination of
pregnant women and will distribute under guidance of the Multi
purpose Worker (female) Iron and Folic acid tablets for 100 days
from the seventh month of pregnancy or to the extent possible as
instructed by the Multipurpose Worker (female).
RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINEDt
1
. List of regnant women
2.
List of children under five
3.
List of other unhealthy persons needing attention
4.
List of births and deaths
5.
Particulars of immunisation and issue of Hyderabad Mix.
6.
Drugs and equipment received and extent of utilisation^—
DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR TRAINING OF GRAM SVASIHIKAS (VILLAGE WELFARE
AGENTS) WORKING UNDER THE INDO DUTCH PROJECT - HYDERABAD,
SI.No.
Name of the
Session
1.
Maternal Care;
1. Antenatal care
Theory
Practicals.
1. Importance of early
registration of all
Antenatal cases
1. Prepare a list
of pr egnan t
women
2. Make sure that
they are regi
stered by the
Multipurpose
Worker (f)
3. Ensure that they
are getting
antenatal care
2. Detailed examination
4. Take the list
of all Antenatal cases
of all high risk
at frequent intervals
cases from the
to take extra care on
Multipurpose
the high risk cases
Worker and see
that they get
special atten
tion .
3. Systematic follow un
of the cases with ad
ministration of Teta
nus toxoid Vitamin
tablets, Iron & Folic
acid tablets etc.
2. Postnatal care
5- Act on instruc
tions of the
Multipurpose
■Worker in distrL
buting Iron &
Folic Acid
tablets.
Report emergen
cies connected
with delivery
to the MPW(F)
or MPS(f) or
the Medical Of
ficer of the
PHC
2. Report all cha
nges in the
health of the
mother and child
to the MPW(F)
1 . Importance of watch1 .
ing the health of the
mother and child during
and also after delivery
2. Taking care of the
3. Report delive
ries conducted
health of mothers deli
by local dai
vered by dais & Un
to the MPW(F)
skilled persons.
J Cars of lacta
ting mothers.
Tho need for nutritional
supplements to lactating
mother, the advisability
of breast feeding
1 Act on instructions
of MPW in distribu
ting iron and folic
acid tablets and
other nuti 'ition supplement to li ictating
mother.
2 Introduce the right
technique of breast
feeding.
2. Child Care;
1 Importance of special
care for the health of
all■children under five
years of age.
1 Prepare a list of
children under five
years of age.
2 Get them registered
with MPW (F)
3 Assist the MPW(F) to
take the weight and
give the card by
charging 25 paise
2 Combating malnutrition
in children under 5
4 Identify cases of
malnutrition with
the help of arm bands
and prepare a list
of children needing
protein packets.
3 Special care to ensure
proper growth and deveA
lopmen t in children
5 Arrange for procuring
Hyderabad Mix packets
from Mahila raandals
through the PHC Medi
cal Officer and dis
tribute these to the
needy cases as inst
ructed by the MPW(F )
4 Checking eye diseases &
defects in children
6 Prepare a list of
children needing va- '
rious kinds of immu
nisation & administer
oral Vitamin A once
in 6 months to cases
requiring it.
5 Preventing infectious
7 Collect children for
immunisation against
infectious diseases
& particularly DPT
and Polio
diseases
6 Treatment against worm
infections.
7 Collect children for
de-worming when MPW
(F) visits the villago.
3 . First Aid s
1 . First Aid in General
emergencies
1. Attend on cuts, burns, falls
& fractures, Browning-bites.
2. First aid in communi
cable diseases
2. Attend on scabies/conjunctivitis
3. Attend on fever, diarrhoea
and vomitings
3.
Nutrition
Education: 1.
First aid in other
U . Prepare a list of sick per
minor illnesses lead
sons (other than under fives
ing to de-hydration etc. and pregnant women) who re
quire special attention by
the M.P.Ws.
Knowledge about foods
available in villages
1. Promote the practice of grow
ing plants of papaya and drum
stick etc.
2.
Balanced diet
2
Supplementary and wean- ' Advise the families on bet
ter methods cf cooking for
ing foods
prevention of loss of vita
h . Advice on infa nt feeding mins and minerals.
3.
5. Beliefs and taboos about 3- Demonstrate the prepara
food practices
tion of supplementary and
weaning diets.
6. Importance of green leafy
vegetables.
5. Health &
Sanitation: 1. Personal Hygiene
2. Clean drinking water
, 3. Disposal of waste
wa ter
6, Family
Planning:
1 . Give proper bath-Keep nails
teeth skin and hair clean.
Put on clean cloths.
2.
Prevent water pollution and
drink purified water.
3.
Educate the families on pros
per utilisation of latrines,
drains & soakage pits.
Preparation and maintenance
of family survey registers
and eligible couple regi
sters; and using them as
the basis for deriving from
them the lists of couples
that can be treated as tarT
get for any particular
method of Family Planning.
Prepare lists of target
couples in consultstion wi th
MPW(F) and MPW(M) based up
on the eligible covple
register.
Educate the couples regard
ing the DF.P. method appro
priate to each one of them.
(Permanent-Semipermanent or
temporary as the case may
be )
•As
Circumstances in which it
is advisable to recommend
induced abortion or men
strual regulation.
Motivate the families to adopt
Family Planning and bring to the
notice of MPW (F) and MPW (M)
those that are resistent.
Refer willing cases for menstrua?
regulation to MO, PEC early after
15 days of missing periods and if
abortion is desired arrange for :
early preferably within 3 months
of gestation.
7« Records, /sports
and Vital statistics:
8.
1.
Basic records like Family
Health Registers, Family
holders, Individual cards
and charts and daily diaries.
2.
Reports such as monthly
progress reports.
3.
Importance of vital stati
stics and prompt and com
plete registration of births
and deaths.
Prepare list of births and
deaths occuring in the villa;
and show it to MPW(f) to fa
cilitate fellow up action whe.
rever necessary.
Maintain a record of the
supplies of medicines and
equipment r eceived showing
therein the extent to which
each of these items are
utilised.
Collaboration with other
workers of the PHC and
other institutions of the
Indo Dutch project:
1 . Organisational set up of
the PHC and particularly
that under the MPW Scheme
and the activities.
*ssr :
2.
The set up of Indo Dutch
Project Institutions like
balwadis creches mahila
mandals & youth clubs and
their activities.
3.
The concept of Integrated
approach for development
of child welfare and improved
socio-economic status of the
rural folk.
4.
Collaboration with all other
wor ker s.
Observe the activities of
MPW (M&F), BaIsevika, Craft
teacher, mother teacher and
associate with them.
DIKECTOKY
of the
Andhra Pradesh
Voluntary Health Association
January, 1979
DIKECTOKY
of the
Andhra Pradesh
Voluntary Health Association
January, 1979
CONTENTS
1.
Origin and Growth of Voluntary Health Associatioh
2.
History of Andhra Pradesh Voluntary Health Association
3.
Aims and objectives of APVHA
4.
Growth and activities of APVHA
5.
Individual Members
6.
Index of Districts
7.
Advertisements
"Go to the people Live among them
Learn from them Love them
Start with what they know
Build on what they have :
But of the best leaders
When their task is accomplished
Their work is done
The people all remark
We have done it ourselves"
—Chinese Poem.
Origin and Growth of Voluntary
Health Association
Dr. James S. Tong S. J.
The Voluntary Health Association
Movement goes back to 1969. In January
of that year about thirty leaders of Christian
hospitals met in Bangalore for a week of
consultation to discuss how they could
co-operate better among themselves and
with Government. They agreed that some
kind of co-ordinating association should
be formed. As a result of that meeting,
the Co-ordinating Agency for Health
Planning was started and began functio
ning with an office in New. Delhi from
March 6, 1970.
During July of 1969, the first State
Voluntary Health Association was formed
in Bihar, at a meeting held in Buxar, atten
ded by about 70 people, some of them
Government officers.
The Co-ordinating Agency for Health
Planning continued to assist the voluntary
hospitals in the various States to organise
their State Voluntary Health Associations,
till at present there are 15 States, Regional
and Union Territory VHA's. They are in
Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Karnataka, Andhra,
Orissa, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,
Goa, Gujarat, Rajasthan, West Bengal,
Meghalaya, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and the
North-west Region, which includes Jammu
and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab
and Haryana.
Finally, at their meeting on Septem
ber 28, 1974; they, federated all these ipto
one national association, called the . Volun
tary Health Association of India.
What the VHA is ?
From the origin of the VHA move
ment, we can see that the Voluntary Health
Association is a non-profit service associ
ation for hospitals, dispensaries, health
centres and other health related groups.
It is organised on a State, Union
Territory or Regional basis. By region,
is meant that if there are not enough volun
tary hospitals in one State to form an
Association, the hospitals of two or more
States Could join together and form one
Association, but for the most part there is
one VHA for each State.
It is called Health Association rather
than Hospital Association to indicate that
its scope while including hospitals, is broa
der, because one of its ideals is to assist in
providing at least elementary health servi
ces in the vast rural areas where it is not
possible to have hospitals.
The purpose and value of VHA.
When any one is invited to join an
association, the first question he ask is:
"What am I going to get out of it ?"
This brings us to some of the activi
ties of the VHA. There are many things that
friendly groups can do together which are
scarcely possible for individuals to do
alone.
The VHA will be primarily a service
organization, it offers various services for
its members. Each State VHA will do
what it can for its members, and the national
office staff assists all the State VHA's in
broader and more general ways and on a
national basis.
Prominent among the services being
offered are educational services. Courses
of various lengths according to needs
are provided in hospital administration,
and in the administration of the various
departments of hospitals.
Also seminars are conducted related
to community health and ways of extending
the hospital influence into the surrounding
community.
There are consultancy services to help
members to deal with labour problems,
legal, tax and license matters, and for
purchasing.
For seminars, publications and other
types of education services in hospital
and health care administration, we have
a team headed by Dr. Sister Carol Huss,
Ph.D.
For Community Health, we have Dr.
Helen Gideon, M.P.H., and Dr Murray
Laugesen, F.R.C.S plus diploma in Obstetrics
and Pediatrics, who has left surgery and
devoted his time entirely to Community
Health work, recognizing it as a priority
for his personal vocation.
For developing new ideas in nursing
education we have Miss Ruth Harnar,
who has a doctorate in nursing education.
Sister Anne Cummins and Miss Simonne
Liegeois have a more free movement,
working under the general title of Com
munity Development.
We are the advisers to a central puchasing service to help members get the
best quality for the best prices, and ap
propriate discounts for large orders.
VHA provides valuable information.
Examples are to communicate to the mem
bers any new trends in Government thinking,
opportunities available from donor agencies,
trends and developments in other countries,
etc.
The Association intends to develop
low cost community based innovative health
programmes, to keep up relationships with
health related national and international
organizations, and to promote educational
services for public health nurses, village
auxiliary nurses and numerous paramedical
and multi-purpose health workers more
suited to reach the large rural areas.
The VHA publishes health related
books, pamphlets, journals and news
bulletins for the enlightenment and inspira
tion of the members and the public. We
now publish a bi-monthly bulletin called
"Health for the Millions."
Members will be invited to work
together in times of emergency, such as
floods, fires, earthquakes or other disasters.
The Association will hold conventions
and meetings for developing united policies
and good fellowship among the members,
and to help overcome isolation, communalism and parochialism.
Other activities and services will deve
lop as needs arise, and as the State branches
and National Association become more
stable and confident.
One of the special inspirations of the
VHA movement is that it is open to all
r
health institutions in the voluntary, sector
Following upon the WHO decision,
irrespective of religious or community affili the Christian Medical Commission of the
ation. For the first time in the voluntary World Council of Churches had their
health field, all are invited to join hands international meeting in Zurich, July 6 to
and work together as brothers and sisters. 11, 1975. In this conference, as a directive
Together with the inspiring unity, however, that will go out to all their related insti
there is also continuing liberty for each tutions throughout the world, they have
institution to maintain its identity, special accepted the WHO priority of Primary
goals and long standing traditions. The Health Care, and made it their own. I
VHA movement does not intend to interfere was a participant in this meeting, invited
with personal or community religious per with ticket paid for by the Secretariat
suasions, but only that members assist for Promoting Christian Unity, Vatican
each other in the common endeavour City.
of trying to provide better health care
The Medical Commission of the'World
and more of it, especially for the poor.
Council of Churches, in their Bulletin,
VHA exercises a strong thrust towards "CONTACT," has pointed to our Association
social justice in the provision and distri as a praiseworthy example of incarnational
bution of health services. It proposes the theology.
maintenance of health as the broader goal
"In India, co-ordination has taken
rather than the more limited one of curing
a different turn. Initial efforts to bring
iilneses. It strongly urges the participation
the Christian Medical Association of
of the people in the development of their
India (Protestant) and the Catholic
own health related services, and expansion
Hospital Association together were not
of the services to include health education,
successful, although they took the
balanced diet, safe drinking water, hygienic
timid step of having representatives at
living conditions, and psychological and
each other's meetings. In 1969 a new
spiritual health.
organization was formed, the Co
ordinating Agency for Health Plan
ning, which hoped to serve as a
catalyst in bringing the two groups
together. It went even further than
that, and organized in most of the
States a Voluntary Health Association,
which isopen to all members of the
private sector, including Hindus and
Moslems. It 1974 the various State
associations formed the Voluntary
Health Associotion of India at the
national level, and the Co-ordinating
Agency for Health Planning is now
submerging its identity in the larger
body and serving as its administrative
arm. One cannot resist the idea that
this may be a truer representation
of incarnatinnal theology or of the
As an important thrust of activity
the VHA Movement emphasises Com
munity Health as a great need of our time.
This is not to say that hospitals are no
longer necessary, but we do need simpler
and less costly health systems for the rural
areas, provided often by people with lower
levels of education than that of medical
doctors. So much of good health depends
on health education, nutrition, and pre
vention of communicable diseases, guidance
in which can be given by more easily avail
able and less paid health workers. In May
1975, the World Health Organization; in
their World Assembly, have approved for
all the countries of the third world that
priority should be given to Primary Health
Care.
iii
refuse to deal with a multiplicity of
religious groups. So joint secretariats
for the co-ordinating of all churchrelated medical and healthprogrammes
have come into being, set up with the
joint approval of the Catholic episcopal
conferences and the National Council
of Churches. (27) In several places
Catholics participate in the work of
the national co-ordinating agencies recongnised by and reporting to the
national councils. (28)"
parable of the seed which was cast
into the earth and died (in its identity
as a seed) in order to become a great
tree".
The Secretariat for Promoting Christian
Unity, Rome, has in a new document of
thirty pages published this year, entitled
"Ecumenical Collaboration," a paragraph
on ecumenical activity concerning health
care in which there is a note referring to
our Co-ordinating Agency for Health
Planning, which is now called Voluntary
Health Association of India. The following
is the exact text :
These implicit approvals from WHO,
World Council of Churches and the Vatican
as well as general approval of the State
and Central Health Ministries of India
give us considerable encouragement that
we have seen the right vision and that we
are progressing towards laudable goals.
Co-operation in the Health Field
New concepts of health care are
increasingly supplanting earlier atti
tudes regarding medical work and the
place of hospitals. Donor and welfare
agencies prefer to supply money for
those health programmes which mani
fest a comprehensive approach. Some
governments, as they strive to develop
national health services, now tend to
We are in a new world tending toward
love and fellowship, order and co-operation
among all men and women of the whole
earth. People with a lesser vision cling to
an age that is past.
Health
PREVENTION
Care
for
PROMOTION
and
CURE
not cure
Millions
REHABILITATION
♦ From "CONTACT" No. 26, April 1975 : "Interchurch Co-operation in National Health Care Programmes".
Published by Medical Mission, World Council of Churches.
(27) Such Secretariats exist in India, Tanzania, Malawi and Ghana.
(28) For example, Philipines, Uganda and Kenya,
iv
<
History of Andhra Pradesh Voluntary Health Association
The factors that led to the formation
of Andhra Pradesh Voluntary Health
Association (APVHA) were many and
varied. Realising the need for combined
efforts and coordinated activities by the
existing voluntary health services, in Jan
uary 1972, orientation visits were held by
Dr. James S. Tong, SJ and Sr. Anne
Cummins of VHAI in different parts of the
state.
The inaugural and constituent meeting
of AP, VHA was held in Hyderabad on 6th
February 1972. An Ad-hoc Committee
which was formed at this meeting was
entrusted with the task of framing of the
constitution, membership drive and regis
tration of the society. The AP, VHA was
officially registered at Guntur under the
societies Registration Act of 1860 on 12th
June of the same year.
At the first General Body meeting
which was held at Hyderabad, on 20th July
1972, the members of the ad-hoc commi
ttee were confirmed as the members of the
first Governing Board.
Dr. G.A. John
.
Dr. R.H. Thangaraj
.
Sr. Martin
Sr. Rose Mary
Dr. Hirams
.
Miss Ethel Tharay
Prof. M.A. Windey S.J. ....
Dr. Sarala Elisha
..
..
Dr. Ben Elisha
President
Vice President
Secretary
Treasurer
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
By the year 1974, the membership
has gone up to 72 and the need for a
full time Sacretary to attend to the
requests of members was felt. The Cana
dian Baptist Overseas Mission Board
(CBOMB) came to our rescue in the
person of Miss Zina F. Kidd, for a term
of three years. The AP, VHA welcomed
Miss Kidd at the Third General Body
meeting held at St. Theresa's Hospital,
Hyderabad, February 1975, as a full time
Promotional Secretary.
Miss Zina F. Kidd, by her untiring
zeal and influence, with the support and
able guidance of the Governing Board,
could bring in more cooperation among
various churches and health agencies.
At the end of the term of her service,
in September 1977, Mr. D. Rayanna was
appointed to succeed her. The AP, VHA
has widened its horizon through the enthu
siastic efforts of the energetic Secretary.
The membership has gone up remarkably,
the understanding between the Govern
ment and the Voluntary sector has improved
and the co-operation among the members
has increased.
The CBOMB, seeing the achieve
ments of AP, VHA, through Miss Zina F.
Kidd, has loaned her, on request, for another
term of five years. In November 1978, the
Association was pleased at the return of
Miss Kidd who came with much courage
and new vision to promote the 'Community
Health Movement' throughout the state.
Aims and Objectives of APVHA
1.
To do works of charity and service
aimed at improving the health of the
people irrespective of race, religion,
caste or community.
2.
To promote greater co-operation
among voluntary as well as Govern
ment health agencies by undertaking
joint coverage of community health
work.
3.
To collaborate with other health
agencies working in the area so as to
ensure conservation of resources
and as wide public-health-coverage
as possible.
4.
To affiliate other organisations with
similar objects or to get affiliated to
such organisations or to join with
such organisations on such terms
and conditions as the General Body
may decide upon.
5.
To collect, exchange and disseminate
health information as well as to do
research in the area.
6.
To conduct seminars, workshops and
conferences.
7.
To represent voluntary health insti
tutions engaged in allopathic oriented
services in conferring with state
wide organisations relating to health
matters and to present the views of
voluntary health agencies to legi
slative bodies, governmental units
and national and
international
agencies active in the area of health.
FOR EVERY THING IN SURGICAL'S
CONTACT
BENCO AGENCIES
Nampally Station Road, Hyderabad - 500 001
PHONE :
4 2 0 1 1
Manufacturers of
SURGICAL
INSTUMENTS AND
Dealers in
AND
ENAMEL WARE. GLASS
vi
LAB.
EQUIPMENT
GROWTH AND ACTIVITIES OF APVHA
Membership:
The basis of membership of APVHA is institutional. However those interested
in health care may become personal associate members. Membership is open to all
private non-profit health agencies in Andhra Pradesh without reference to religion,
caste or community. At present the membership has reached up to 111.
Relationship with the Government:
Good relationship with the State Government health authorities has been deve
loped from time to time. With the help of the State Government, the APVHA is able
to supply vacancies and M. C. H. drugs to the member institutions having immunization
programme. The association enjoys maximum support from the Government.
Co-operation with other Organisations:
APVHA Co-operates actively to realise the aims and objectives of Voluntary
Health Association of India, New Delhi and the Southern Region VHAI and other State
VHAs. APVHA continues to co-operate and collaborate with CMAI and CHAI. The
Lutheran World Federation has been extending their help and co-operation with APVHA
since 1975. The Canadian Baptist Overseas Mission Board extended their co-opera
tion by offering the valuable services of Miss. Zina F. Kidd and continues their
relationship with APVHA.
Surveys in Community Health Programmes :
Survey in Community Health Programmes functioning from the member institu
tions were conducted in 1975 and 1977. This Year a Comprehensive Community
Health Survey is being planned. The main purpose of the survey is to have a clear
picture of Community Health activities of the members and to encourage, help and
work in collaboration with them wherever possible.
Visits to Health Institutions and Agencies:
The Secretaries tour widely in the State to visit health institutions and encourage
them towards organisational renewal and to promote the Community Health work
movement.
Information Bulletin:
The APVHA circulates regularly the informative Newsletter to all its members
and associate members. This newsletter provides valuable inforrmation - Seminars
and workshops of APVHA, Southern Region VHAI and VHAI - New Delhi, and the
other long term training programmes of VHAI. It provides information of the activities
and services to its members. It communicates any new trends in government thinking,
opportunities available from donor agencies, trends and developments in other
countries.
Assistance in disaster:
Members come together at all times especially in times of calamities like famine,
cyclone, floods etc. In the recent cyclone and tidal wave devastation of coastal A. P.
in November 1977, the members contributed their share in the form of personnel,
finances vehicles etc., in relief and rehabilitation work.
Educational Programmes:
Educational Programmes are part of VHA activities. According to the demands
of times. Seminars and Workshops on a number of topics which arise time and again
were organised in different parts of the State. As many as 300 health personnel have
been brought to the common platform and were given opportunity to share their
experience with each other.
— Workshop for hospital Pharmacists, Pithapuram
—
September
1975
—
Middle Management Seminar, Hyderabad
—
October
1975
—
Community Health, Vijayawada
—
November
1975
— Workshop for Laboratory Technicians, Pithapuram
—
November
1975
— Workshop for Hospital Accountants, Pithapuram
—
February
1976
— Workshop for Radiographers, Hyderabad
—
August
1976
—
Health Based Community Development, Nellore
—
October
1976
—
Human Relations and Communications, Hyderabad
—
November
1976
—
Hospital Management, Vijayanagaram
— January
—
Clinical Seminar for Doctors and Nursing Administrators,
—
Hyderabad
March
1977
—
Human Relations and Communications, Salur
—
August
1977
—
Special Workshop to prepare outline Training Course for
—
Village Health Workers in A.P., Hyderabad
September
1977
—
Personnel Management in Hospitals, Hyderabad
—
September
1978
—
Community Health Workshop, Dichpalli
—
December
1978
—
New Horizons in Health Care, Madras
—
August
1978
—
Financial Seminar for Hospital Accountants, Mangalore
—
September
1978
1977
In Collaboration with Southern Region VHAI.
viii
INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS
I.
AROGYAVARAM EYE HOSPITAL
1
Sompeta, Srikakulam Dt.
Pin-. 532284
Telephone : 34
Short History :
Owner of the Institution:
Date of foundation :
Canadian Baptist Mission
1911
Functioned as general Hospital serving in needy areas until early Sixties at
which time it became exclusively an Eye Hospital.
Number of Patients
: 1976 : 22,301
Number of In-patients : 1976: 11,486
Number of Beds
: 1976 :
120
Specialities:
Eye
APVHA Member
I.
2
PHILADELPHIA LEPROSY HOSPITAL
Salur, Srikakulam Dt. A.P.
Pin : 532591
Telephone : 100
Short History:
Owner of Institution :
The Leprosy Mission
Date of foundation
1874
:
This is an international and interdenominational Christian Service Misson.
Mr. Wellesly Bailey was the founder; first started at AMBALA of Punjab. The Phila
delphia Leprosy Hospital was first started by German Lurtheran Church at Salur and
later handed over to the Leprosy Mission.
It has a separate Community Health Programme.
Number of beds :
100
Educational Programmes : The Leprosy Mission conducts regular training programmes
at the Philadelphia Leprosy Hospital. There are courses for doctors and para-medical
workers.
Specialities : Blood bank. Village work-Survey, education & treatment, Reconstructive
surgery, Artificial limb making and also splints, special shoe making.
APVHA Member.
LEPROSY HOSPITAL AND CONTROL UNIT,
I. 3
Kuruppam,
Srikakulam Dt. A.P.
I.
4
CATHOLIC MISSION DISPENSARY & LEPROSY CENTRE
P.O. Kotturu, Srikakulam Dt. - 532 455
Short History :
Owner of Institution :
Catholic Mission, Kotturu
Date of foundation :
1-5-1963
There was no medical facilities available for the people of this area. Assessing
the needs of the people. Brother J. Puttur, from the Catholic Mission, started a
dispensary. He was a pharmacist and also passed homeopathy. The Government
alloted a site for the purpose of this institution.
In course of time this dispensary developed and Leprosy work also was taken
up. At present there is one MBBS doctor and a para-medical worker at this centre.
The community health programme of this centre is mostly a MCH programme
with the help of CRS.
APVHA Member
II.
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
1
Mary-land,
Visakhapatnam-530 002
Telephone : 2974
Short History :
Owner of institution : The Medical Society of the Sisters of St. Joseph of Annecy
India
Date of foundation :
1962
St. Joseph's Hospital was founded in 1962, with 20 beds. Eminent doctors
have contributed their service for the growth of this hospital and developed to 120
beds in 1971. The hospital has 14 religious Sisters who are qualified and experienced
as the departmental heads.
The hospital has an out-reach programme, where the Sisters visit the nearby
villages and slums around Visakhapatnam to render preventive and curative services.
In Gnanapuram, a branch dispensary is operating where 250 out-patients receive
treatment. A small Leprosy clinic and a creche are attached to this dispensary.
Number of out-patients 1976: 64,500
Number of in-patients 1976: 3,151
Number of beds
1976:
180
APVHA Member
2
ST. JOSEPH'S CONVENT DISPENSARY
H. 2
Wailtair R.S. Visakhapatnam-530 004
Telephone : 8347
Short History :
Owner of the Institution :
Society of the Sisters of St. Joseph of Anney
Date of foundation
1903
:
From the inception of this dispensary there was always a Sister treating the
poor patients from the surrounding area.
Educational programmes :
much as possible.
Number of out-patients :
We teach health subjects and hygiene to our patients as
1976: 26,026
APVHA Member
II.
3
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
Bheemunipatnam P.O.
Visakhapatnam-531 163
II.
4
’
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
Madugula-531 027
Visakhapatnam Dt.
Telephone : 25
Short History :
Owner of institution :
St. Ann's Society
Date of foundation
1933
:
Madugula is a village in the agency border.
The hospital was first started in thached sheds. The hospital for women and
children was opened on 7th May, 1961 with the help of the Government of A.P. and
the Central Government, Ministry of Health, New Delhi. Later the male ward was
constructed with donations from the people of Switzerland and opened in 1965. The
T.B. block was constructed and opened on 1 December 1970, for which funds were
received from several agencies-Misereor, The Episwpal Campaign Against Hunger
and Disease, West Germany, H.E.H. and the Nizam Charitable Trust Hyderabad.
A fine Immunizion programme is conducted, especially for Mothers & Children.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 1,43,413
Number of in-patients : 1976:
1,436
Total number of beds : 1976:
110
Specialities: General Hospital with O.T., O.P.D., Diagnostic X-ray, Lab. and T.B. ward.
APVHA Member
3
II.
THE LEPROSY MISSION HOSPITAL
5
Vijayanagaram
Visakhapatnam - 531 203
Telephone : 2570
Short History:
Owner of institution:
The Leprosy Mission "LONDON"
Date of foundation :
1913
This hospital caters to the needs of the leprosy patients fortheir treatment and
rehabilitation. The hospital is involved in anti-leprosy work in villages around this
centre.
Number of in-patients
Number of out-patients
Number of beds
Educational programmes :
Specialities-.
1976:
1976 :
40
3,660
206
Health education in leprosy
Agricultural Rehabilitation.
APVHA Member
II. 6
GREATER VISAKA LEPROSY TREATMENT & HEALTH
EDUCATION SCHEME
47-10-17, Dwarakanagar,
Visakhapatnam - 530 016
Telephone -. 2309, CODE: GREVALTES
Short History:
Owner of the institution :
Greater Visakha Leprosy
Treatment & Health Education Scheme (Registered.)
Date of foundation
1 January, 1975
Greater Visakha Leprosy Treatment & Health Education Scheme working as
per the permission accorded by the Government of Andhra Pradesh H.H. & M.A. G.O.
Ms. No. 761 Health, dated 23-9-74, started leprosy control work from 1 January 1975
in the city of Visakhapatnam to cater the needs of the people suffering from Leprosy.
The area of Visakhapatnam (municipal limits) is 47 Sq. k.m. with a population of 5 lacs
approximately.
Ar present there are 10 clinics and 2 sub clinics are functioning.
Aims of the projects :
(a) The objective of the project is to control leprosy jn the city of Visakhapat
nam in a most efficient and economic way.
4
(b) To desseminate knowledge and information and to educate the public
about the modern approach to Leprosy work.
(c) Existing cases are identified and brought under effective treatment and the
apparently healthy population is kept under careful surveillance in order that new
cases may be detected as they occur.
Special Programmes :
1. School Survey: As part of the Leprosy control programme, school survey is
done every year, inorder to detect the cases.
2. Contact Survey : This is to examine the healthy people staying with the
patients & sharing the same kitchen utencils etc. in the same family.
3. Slum Survey : Examination of the people living in the slums also being
taken as part of the leprosy control programmes.
Other activities:
1. Weekly general clinic
2. Supply bf M.C.R. Shoe to poor leprosy patients
3. Temporary 20 bed ward
4. Rehabilitation of the leprosy patients
Children in all other schools examined.
Number of out-patients :1976:
Number of in-patients :
Total Number of Beds :
Specialities :
2,683
-
1977: 3,237
1977:
48
1977:
20
Physiotherophy & Rehabilitation
Educational Programmes :
Health Education - Lectures, Showing subsidized Films.
APVHA Member
III.
1
CHRISTIAN MEDICAL CENTRE
Pithapuram - 533450
East Godavari Dist. A.P.
Telephone: 23
Short history :
Owner of institution-.
Council of Christian Hospitals, under Canadian Baptist
Overseas Mission Board.
Date of foundation
1904
:
—
1904 Dr. E.G. Smith started medical work by establishing small dispensary.
—
1907 Dispensary was developed into the Betheseda Hospital for men.
—
1910 Allyn Hospital for women and children was established.
5
—
1920 Vernacular Grade Nurses training was started.
—
1950 Amalgamation of two Hospitals as Christian Medical centre.
—
1952 Recognition of the school of Nursing for the Higher Grade.
Community Health Programmes
A five year Pilot Project is in progress in a specially selected village.
A Survey and evaluation is done each year.
MCH care, immunization, family planning, health education, Domiciliary mid
wifery and basic treatments are offered.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 49,148
Number of in-patients :1976:
4,985
Number of beds
:1976 :
180
Specialities:
Higher grade general nursing and Midwifery
Educational Programmes :
APVHA Member
III.
2
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
Prathipadu,
East Godavari Dist. 533432.
Short History :
Owner of the institution :
Sisters of St. Joseph of Anncey-Waltair of R.S.
Date of foundation
1952
:
In 1952, at the request of the local people the Sisters of St. Joseph, opened a
general dispensary to attend to the needs of the poor sick people. In 1954, it was
developed into a hospital of 24 beds. In 1967, leprosy work, S.E.T. was added to the
works of the institution. In 1974, a shed was built for leprosy patients needing
Hospitalisation, which later in 1978, resulted into a proper ward of 12 beds.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
Number of beds
:1976:
Specialities:
21,288
782
26
Leprosy work
APVHA Member
III.
3
SRIKAKULAM LEPROSY HOME & HOSPITAL
Ramachandrapuram P. O.
East Godavari Dist-533 255 A. P.
6
IIL 4
H0LY FAMILY HOSPITAL (K. S. MEMORIAL)
Amalapuram - 533201
East Godavari Dist. A. P.
Telephone-. 71
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Missionary Sisters of the Immaculate
Date of foundation :
1957
The hospital was started in January 1957 as maternity and children's Hospital.
Initially it was started with 60 beds and later increased to 125.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 10,395
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
1,290
Number of beds
: 1976 :
125
APVHA Member
III.
5
WOMEN'S HOSPITAL
Ambajipeta - 533 214
East Godavari Dist. A. P.
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Date of foundation :
August 1967
Opened with 17 beds in 1967 which has rapidly increased to 130 beds 1974.
No further extentions planned at present. New outpatient department was opened in
1970. The Hospital is for women and children. An eye clinic also runs on Friday
after noon.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 26,683
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
2,911
Number of beds
: 1976:
130
Specialities :
Obstetrics & Gynaecology
APVHA Member
III.
6
VISRANTHIPURAM TUBERCULOSIS SANATORIUM
Rajahmandry
East Godavari Dist. A. P. 533103
Telephone-. 3134
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Andhra Evangelical Lutheran Church, Guntur
Date of foundation :
May 1926
7
The T.B. sanatorium was eastablished in 1926 by the missionaries of United
Lutheran Church of America. Its bed strength is 175, exclusively for tuberculosis
patients. At present it is under the management of Andhra Evangecal Lutheran Church.
It has some reserved beds.
The hospital has a community health project, covering 22,177 population.
has 4 mini health centres. There is a separate community health unit.
Numberof out-patients: 1976: 639 1977: 651
Number of in-patients: 1976: 820 1977: 771
Number of beds
: 1976: 175 1977: 175
Specialities :
Tuberculosis
Health Education, F.P. Education
Educational programmes :
LUTHERAN HOSPITAL
Ilf. 7
Rajahmundry-533 102
East Godavari Dt.
IV.
STAR OF HOPE HOSPITAL
1
Akividu, West Godavari Dt.
Pin-. 534 235
Telephone : 28
Short History:
Owner of Institution :
Council of Christian Hospitals under
Canadian Baptist Overseas Mission Board.
Date of foundation
1898
:
The Hospital was started by Dr. (Mrs.) Pearl Chute with two beds in the mission
compound. Later present hospital was constructed and used as a general hospital.
The hospital was under Indian management from 1956. Gradual increase in staff and
bed strength achieved, offering general medical and sugical services, maternity, family
welfare services, immunity clinics & leprosy clinics.
In 1976 out side community health project started 10 k.m. away from the hospi
tal, with a resident ANM and a weekly clinic.
Number of out-Patients :
Number of In-patients :
Number of Beds
:
1976: 17,676
1976: 4,004
1976:
78
Educational Programmes :
Ward teaching by nurses to patients and relatives.
—Weekly film and flannel graphs and slides on health and family welfare.
APVHA Member
8
IV.
2
ST. MARY'S HOSPITAL
Bhimavaram, West Godavari Dt. 534 201
. Telephone : 456
Short History:
Owner of the institution :
The Missionary Sisters of Immaculate
Date of foundation
1-5-1954
:
The hospital was started in 1954 as a small dispensary. Later this hospital with
120 beds was planned with the help of the Bishop of Vijayawada Msgr. De-Battista.
The hospital was completed in 1959 wit maternity, surgical, general and male ward
and X-ray and lab. The Hospital has an out-patient department.
M.C.H. Programmes as part of community health work.
Number of out-patient: 1976: 20,000
Number of in-patient: 1976: 6000
Number of beds
: 1976:
120
APVHA Member
IV.
3
AUGUSTANA HOSPITAL
Bhimavaram A.P.
West Godavari Dt.-534 201
Telephone : 322
Short History :
Owner of Institution :
Andhra Evangelical Lurtheran Church
Date of foundation
1929
:
The hospital was started as an out-reach from the Lutheran Hospital, Rajah
mandry. Dr. Betty M. Nilsen and Dr. Mary Moses were responsible for the growth of
the Hospital to the present dimensions. The hospital is fully self-supporting and
does not receive money from the Lutheran Church.
The hospital has a community health outreach programme in a nearby village
Gunupudi, with 5,000 population. There is a full time paid nurse working for this
programme.
The main activities are under-fives clinic, immunization, family welfare and
health education.
Number of out-patients :
Number of iri-patients :
Number of beds
:
Specialities :
1976:3,786
1976: 926
1976:
50
General Surgery
Educational programmes : The hospital is recognised as a field work agency for the
M.A. Social Work students of the local post-graduate
department.
APVHA Member
9
IV.
NARSAPUR CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL
4
(G.D.M. Women's Hospital)
Narsapur, West Godavari - 534257.
Telephone : 29 or 35
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Trustees-Stewards Association in India.
Date of foundation :
1915
1915-Started with 2 beds under Dr. Charlotte Pring.
1965 - Golden Jubilee - 150 beds - Dr. Betty D. Holt
1967-ANM Nursing School started
1975-Diamond Jubilee, Mens block was inaugurated, Medical Superintendent
Dr. C. Prabhakar.
Community health programme is functioning with activities such as under-fives
clinic, BCG and smallpox vaccinations in wards, local health clinics with immunisa
tions. Clinics are held in three villages and in slum area of Narsapur.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 25,146
Number of in-patients : 1976: 7,035
Number of beds
: 1976:
206
Specialities:
Obstetrics
ANM Training 20 students a year
Educational Programmes :
APVHA Member
IV.
5
BETHESDA LEPROSY HOSPITAL
Narsapur, West Godavari-543271.
Telephone-. 18
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Bethesda Leprosy Hospital Association
Date of foundation
1923
:
This hospital was started by Dr. Pring of Christian Hospital, Narsapur in 1923.
Dr. E. S. Short took over from her in 1951 and remained in-charge until July, 1976
since then Dr. G.B.R. Walke of the BMMF have been in charge.
It has a leprosy survey programme covering 2,00,000 population.
Number of out-patients: 1976: 6,256
Number of in-patients : 1976: 1,455
Number of beds
: 1976: 156
Specialities : Treatment of all types and complications of leprosy requiring hospitali
sation.
Educational programmes :
Primary school for children with Leprosy (residential)
10
years to its present 25 beds. This hospital is situated at Mogalthuru, Panchayat
Samithi centre, with a 10,000 population. Most of the people attending this hospital
are poor fishermen.
The hospital has a mother and child programme.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 6,220
Number of in-patients : 1976: 788
Number of beds
: 1976:
25
APVHA Member
IV. 11
FATIMA HOSPITAL
Fatima puram
Velegalipa Hi—534 460
W. Godavari Dt.
IV. 12
DAMIEN LEPROSY CENTRE
Vegavaram P.O.
Gopannapalem-534 450
West Godavari Dt.
Short History :
The Damien Leprosy centre was started in 1962 by the Missionary Sisters of
the Immaculate in a thatched shed with a single room, in a remote corner of the Eluru
Town. Soon a plot of land was bought in Vegavaram, nearly three miles from Eluru
and in July, 1963 the Damien Leprosy centre was shifted to Vegavaram.
The need was felt to provide hospitalisation to the patients. In 1966, hospital
with 100 beds was constructed for the same purpose. Later physiotherapy section
was opened in 1971.
The centre covers a population of 3 lakhs and nearly 70 clinics are functioning
effectively throughout the Eluru Taluk.
The centre is functioning on the lines of the Government Leprosy Control
programme and receives financial support from the German Leprosy Relief Association
and Amictdet Lebbrosi, Italy. The centre also gives special care for Leprosy-affected
children with the help of LEPRA, England.
Specialities:
IV. 13
Physiotherapy,
Reconstructive Surgery.
BISHOP BATHISTA MEMORIAL HOSPITAL
Tanuku-534 211. W.G. Dt.
13
V.
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
1
Vijayawada-520 002
Telephone : 74577
Short History :
Owner of institution :
St. Ann's Society (Luzern)
Date of foundation :
1940
The hospital was opened in the year 1940 as a maternity hospital, and it was
estiblished by 1945 with O.P.D., I.P., operation theatre and the labs. In the same year
lower grade midwifery training was started. The increase in the number of patients
made the extension work continue and developed today into a 350 bed hospital,
giving O.P.D. and I.P. service to a large community.
The school of nursing has been attached to the hospital from 1954 and today it
has 126 students on its roll.
Regular family planning clinics in the out patient department are organised.
The students in the school of nursing get domiciliary experience at the present health
centre, Ajitsingnagar, which was centre for out-reach programme.
Immunisation programme is carried out twice a week.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 4,76,160
Number of in-patients : 1976: 17,676
Number of beds
: 1976:
350
Specialities : — Blood bank
Educational Programmes :
— School of Nursing.
APVHA Member
V.
2
ANANTHAM HOSPITAL
Buckinghampet P.O.
Vijayawada-500 002
Telephone : 73936
Short History .
Owner of institution :
Krishna Godavari Diocese C.S.I.
Date of foundation :
Sept. 1947
Anantham hospital was started as a base hospital for the "feeder" hospitals at
Vidyanagar and at A-Kandurn.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 7,603
Number of in-patients : 1976: 100
Number of beds
: 1976:
20
Specialities-.
E.N.T.
APVHA Member
14
V.
3
ST. ANN'S HEALTH CENTRE
Ajitsingnagar, Vijayawada - 520011.
Telephone : 72497,
Telegraph: Vijayawada.
Short history:
Owner of Institution:
St-Ann's Society (Luzern)
Date of foundation :
1962
Long before the health centre started in this village, Sisters from St. Ann's Hos
pital, Vijayawada rendered curative services, laying greater emphasis on preventive
health care from 1962. A small building was put up in 1962 and till 1973 it functioned
only as a mobile clinic. A full-fledged health centre was built and inaugurated in July
1976, and the health team of this centre is suitably increased.
Four-fold programme of the Health Centre:
1. Medical relief services, 2., Daily home visiting,
3. Health education, 4. M.C. health programme including immunisations and
nutrition programme with the help of C.R.S.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976: 34,441
1976:
269
1976:
12
Educational programmes'.
Community nursing experience to the General nursing and
midwifery students of the St. Ann's school of nursing,
Vijayawada.
APVHA Member.
V.
4
ST. ANN'S HEALTH CENTRE
Kondapalli - 521 228.
Krishna Dist. A. P.
Telephone: (87) 25
Short history :
Owner of institution:
St. Ann's Society (Luzern)
Date of foundation :
1961
St. Ann's health centre was started in 1961 at Kondapalli village. Initially the
medical needs of the local people were attended be domicilary nursing. Gradually it
was found that many T.B. patients attended the dispensary, so a T.B. sanatorium was
built along with a small health centre.
Last few years due to lack of T.B. patients at this sanatorium, this centre is run
as a general hospital.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976:
1976:
1976:
15,000
3,000
40
APHVA Member
15
V.
ST. CATHERINE'S HOSPITAL
5
Tiruvur, Krishna Dist.-521235
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Society of St. Ann (Luzern) Vijayawada
Date of foundation :
21-9-1967
St. Catherine's hospital was started to build and then handed over to Sisters of
St. Ann (Luthern) on 21-9-1967. One by one of the present parts were constructed
with help of diverse benefactors, mostly from abroad. It was realised by the Bishop of
Vijayawada, that a hospital in this area is vitally important since there were no facili
ties available for patients who needed hospital treatment. X-ray and Lab. tests for
doignosis. People from about 100 sorrounding villages come to us.
Number of out-patients
Number of in-patients
Number of beds
Specialities :
1976 :
1976 :
1976:
9,300
1,563
40
An X-ray unit for dianostic purposes and simple lab.
APVHA Member
ST. JOSEPH'S HEALH CENTRE
V. 6
Nawabupet, Krishna Dist.
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Date of foundation :
15-9-1976
St. Joseph's Health centre was founded in 1972 by an Italian Priest, of the
Vijayawada Diocese. Later this was developed as a health centre founded by Misereor
Germany.
M.C. H. Programme.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976:
1976:
1976':
700
100
12
APVHA Member
V. 7
ST. ANN'S MATERNITY HOSPITAL
Jaggayyapet, P. O.
Krishna Dist.-521175
Telephone : 23
Short History :
Owner of institution :
St. Ann's Society (Luzern)
Date of foundation
15-2-1945
:
16
Jaggayyapet was a neglected and backward area in the western part of the district,
with no medical facilities especially for women and children, Sri. M.V. Narasayya Naidu,
the then Dy. Tahsildar and the Raja of Muktala with the collaboration of the people of
the taluk collected funds and erected a Maternity Hospital. At their request, two
Sisters from St. Ann’s Hospital Vijayawada came to run the Hospital in 1945. In 1956
a new wing was added as there was a steady increase of patients. In 1959 the staff
quarters were improved and in 1961 an operation building was constructed with
the help of Misereor Germany. Later in 1970 Men's and children's wards were added
to the hospital with funds from the same donor agency. The hospital is developed to
100 beds. Weekly clinics to one of the nearby villages is undertaken as an out-reach
programme.
Number of beds :
1960:
100
APVHA Member
V. 8
BETHEL GENERAL HOSPITAL
Vuyyuru- 521165
Krishna Dt. A.P.
Telephone : 61
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Council of Christian hospitals, under Canadian Baptist Overseas
Mission Board.
Date of foundation :
1889
The Medical work under C.B.O.M.B. was started at Vuyyuru by a compounder
in 1889 as a dispensary. Dr. Gerttrude Hulet came in 1904 and continued with dispen
sary. A small hospital was built in 1911. First building of the present hospital was built
in 1924. The hospital grew gradually with increase in the number of beds and staff.
By 1935 the hospital had 110 beds part of it in rented buildings. New buildings were
added through the years and at present the hospital has 125 beds and 25 infant cots.
From being a hospital for women and children at the onset it was made into a
General Hospital in 1955. Besides hospital building nurses hostel, class room, chapel,
out patient department, new private wards, new operating room suite and central sterile
supply and physiotherapy department were added through the years. X-ray facilities
also are provided.
Hospital was recognised for Midwifery Training in 1941. In 1959 recognition
was given for ANM training. At present the training school takes 15 students per year
for ANM course.
The hospital has an excellent C.H. centre at a village named Kummamuru with
resident nurse and staff. Home visits, basic health care, home deliveries and health
education in the village and the local schools are undertaken.
17
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
Specialities:
42,369
5,200
125
CYTOLOGY
Educational Programmes:
A.N.M. Training school
APVHA Member.
R.C. SACRED HEART HOSPITAL
V. 9
Gudivada - 521301 A.P.
Telephone: 339
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Missionary Sisters of the Immaculate.
Date of foundation :
1948,
In 1948, a group of sisters came from Italy and opened a small dispensary. The
following year, it was developed into a hospital with 20 beds. Gradually the bed
strength was increased to 115 as the demand and need of the public was great. Dr.
David Ratnam was appointed as the chief medical officer who is still on the staff.
A mobile clinic visits three villages as part of their C.H. programme.
Number of out-patients: 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
5,910
1,825
115
APVHA Member
V. 10
ST. ANTHONY'S HOSPITAL
Pedavutapalli - 521 121.
Krishna Dt.
APVHA Member.
V. 11
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
Avanigadda-521121 A.p.
Telephone: 25
Short History :
Owner of institution-.
St. Ann's Society (Luzern).
Date of foundation :
8-9-1970
St. Ann's hospital at Avanigadda was started as a dispensary on 8th September,
1970. It was developed into a hospital with 14 beds as the patients increased day
18
by day. Later the bed strength was increased to 35. Many poor patients come to
this hospital for medical facilities.
The hospital has a C.H. programme functioning.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of Beds '
:
1976 : 41,643
1976:
6,784
1976:
35
APVHA MEMBER
v- 12
HOLY CROSS HOSPITAL
Masulipatnam - 521 002
Krishna Dt.
V. 13
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
Kalindini - 521 344,
Kailakuru Tq. Krishna Dt.
ST. ALYOSIUS DISPENSARY
V. 14
Training programme centre,
Gunadala, Vijayawada 520 005.
V. 15
COL. SKINNER MEMORIAL T. B. HOSPITAL
Vidyanagar, Penapaka P.O. via Kondapalli
Krishna Dt. 521 228
Telephone :Short History:
Owner of institution'.
Krishna - Godavari Diocese C. S. I.
Date of foundation
1954
:
This institution was started as a CMS dispensary for the industrial Colony at
Vidyanagar in 1926. Later it served as a general hospital until the second world war,
catering to the needs of villagers within 10 miles radius. From 1949 Lt. Col. J. M.
Skinner took charge of it, admitting T. B. patients. As it was the only sanatorium in
the district many people came from different places for treatment as in-patients.
Col. Skinner died in 1954 and the hospital was named after him.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
Specialities :
1976:2,091
1976: 28
1976: 12
TB sanatorium
19
CHRISTIAN HEALTH CENTRE
Atlapragada Konduru P.O.
Tirivur Taluk, Krishna Dt. 521 227
V. 16
Short History :
Owner of Institution :
Date of foundation
:
Krishna - Godavari Diocese C. S. I.
October 1966
This health centre was opened in 1966 at the request of the local church and
the community. More clinical work is being done in this centre. Now with new
ideas on C. H., this health centre is under planning stage for an outreach programme.
A small Nutrition programme is already functioning.
Number of in-patients :
Number of out-patients :
Total Number of Beds :
V. 17
1976: 60
1976 -.6,949
1976:
3
ASHA NILAYAM HEALTH CENTRE
Gollapudi - village P.O.
Vijayawada - 521 225
Krishna - Dt.
Telephone: 76864
Short History :
Owner of institution : Sisters of St. Ann.
Date of foundation ;
29th July, 1977.
This health centre aims at helping the poor of this village and neighbouring
villages. This centre was started in July 1977. In course of time, health care will
become one of the developmental programmes of this main Centre.
APVHA Member
V. 18
CLIFFARD MEMORIAL HOSPITAL
Nuzvid - 521 201
Krishna Dt.
V. 19
CSI CHRISTIAN HEALTH CENTRE
Konduru P.O.
Kambhampad - Krishna Dt. 521 227
20
THE DIVI SEEMA SOCIAL SERVICE SOCIETY
V. 20
Nagayalanka P.O.
Avanigadda Tq.
Krishna Dt.
Short History :
The DSSS was started by the Catholic Church of Vijayawada Diocese in 1978
in Divi Taluk to ensure a comprehensive development of the area, after the cyclone
and tidal wave devastation of November 1977, with Fr. Amal Raj, S. J. as the
Programme Director.
The DSSS runs two clinics at present in Kammanamolu and Mandapakala and
also M.C.H. programme, immunization, programmes. Further plans of the DSSS is to
develop a Health Centre at Nagayalanka and training programmes for village health
workers.
V. 21
DISPENSARY
VIJAYARANI
Kanchi kacherla P.O.
Krishna Dt.
Vijayarani Dispensary was started in June 1977 by the Sisters of the Immacu
late Heart of Mary.
VI.
KUGLER HOSPITAL
1
Kothapet, Guntur-522001.
Telephone : 21808
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Andhra Evangelical Lutheran Church
Date of foundation :
1893
This hospital was established by the poineer medical missionary. Dr. Anna
S. Kugler M.D. in the year 1893 under the management of the Luthern Church. The
hospital has grown to General hospital status. Despite a 100 bed government General
hospital and several hospitals and nursing homes which have sprung up over the years
Kugler hospital has still place to continue to serve the community providing quality
health care.
C. H. programme is functioning in a village 25 k. m. away from the hospital.
Number of out-patients :1976:
Number of in-patients
:1976:
Number of beds
:1976:
Specialities:
1) General Surgery
5) Detistry
28,192
3,988
150
2) Medicine
21
3) Gynaecology & 4) Paediatrics
A school of Nursing is attached whereby 12 nurses are graduated each year.
Educational programmes -.
Health teaching programmes in the community through
the hospital, and also teaching programmes through the
Mobile Opthahalmic team to prevent blindness in rural
areas.
APVHA Member
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
VI. 2
Guntur-522004
Telephone-. 21700
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Society of J.M.J.
Date of foundation :
1905
St. Joseph's hospital started in 1904 as a dispensary and in 1920 Dr. (Sr) Mary
Clowery, of the J.M.J. society started working there as a regular lady doctor. In 1923
the then Madras Province offered a piece of land and the construction work started in
1925. It was one of the first Catholic Mission Hospitals in South India. As there was
scarcity for trained staff, Sr. Mary started a midwifery training school, and later the
training school for nurses, which was recognised by the government in 1947.
Besides training of nurses this institution was recognised for training of compounders
in the year 1949. As years went by there was tremendous progress in the Hospital
and gradually reached to its presents 250 beds. It is functioning as a general hospital
serving the people far and near.
The hospital has a cancer unit attached, which was started in 1959.
Tha hospital has a mobile dispensary which used to visit villages Kaza, Kakani,
Gorantla, Nallapadu, Yetukuru, to render medical aid to the village folk. In 1975 a
health centre was opened at Vijendla as extention service in order to provide conti
nuity of health care including the preventive, curative and promotive health services
to the people.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
Number of beds
: 1976 :
Specialities:
25,060
9,300
250
Surgical ward Paediatric ward. Premature unit and obstetrical and
gynecological ward.
APVHA Member
VI. 3
ST. MARY'S HEALTH CENTRE
Vejendla, Guntur Dt. - 522 212
Telephone: 26
Short History:
Owner of Institution : Society of J. M. J.
Date of foundation: 31-8-1975
22
This health centre was attached to St. Joseph's Hospital Guntur, for the
purpose of training the nursing students in community health services up to 1975.
A health centre was opened by the Superior General of J. M. J. seeing the health
needs of the people.
Immunization programme is carried on along with mother and child health care.
Health education.
Number of out-Patients :
Number of In-patients :
Number of Beds
:
1976: 50,358
1976:
476
1976:
8
Educational programmes :
Health talks, film show.
APVHA Member
y 4
VILLAGE RECONSTRUCTION ORGANISATION
COMPREHENSIVE RURAL COMMUNITY HEALTH PROGRAMME
C/o VRO Office Brodipet,
6/9 Guntur A. P. 522 002
Telephone-. 21454, Telegraph: VRISIS
Short History :
This organisation was founded in 1969 in Guntur by Prof. M. A. Wimdey S. J.,
as a central place for coastal disaster/proverty areas for the purpose of providing an
economical, village-based development programme wherein health, education,
employment and shelter would be linked together. It was expanded in 1972 to Orissa
and in 1973 to Tamilnadu regions. At present, mobile medical teams serve in coastal
regions and there are 25 health centres with innovative approach, non-hospital based,
related to the proorest only.
Specialities:
a) Rural education on health, b) nutrition programme, c) rural
pathology d) family health care, e) immunization programme.
Educational Programmes:
Audio visual health programme, health artist paintings
for health work/education.
APVHA Member
VI. 5
NITHYASAHAYAMATHA HEALTH CENTRE
Tenali P.O.
Guntur Dt.
This is a small dispensary started in the Catholic Church parish compound, and
run by the Sisters of J. M. J. Society.
APVHA Member.
23
THE SALVATION ARMY EVANGELINE
BOOTH HOSPITAL
VI. 6
Box:
2, Nidubrolu-522123
Guntur Dt. A.P.
Telephone : 7
Short History :
Owner of Institution :
The Salvation Army
Date of foundation
Nov. 1935
:
This Salvation Army hospital was commenced in 1935 at the request of local
MLC, Who persuaded a farmer to give land, and was started as a hospital for women
and children. It developed irregularly over 40 years to 100 bed hospital. Now it is in
the middle of a development project.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients
Number of beds
:
Specialities :
1976:
1976:
1976:
20,801
2,117
92
General Surgery, Medicine, Obstitrics & Gynacology and Paediatrics.
Educational Programmes :
ANM Training course
APVHA Member
ST. CHARLES DiSPENSARY
VI. 7
Chilakaluripet,
Guntur Dt. 522616, A.P.
Telephone-. 138.
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Date of foundation
:
Mother Imelda
1967
Short History :
At the request of the Bishop of Guntur, the Sisters came to Chilakaluripet in
1967. In the begining the Sisters stayed in a rented house and started a small dispen
sary. By 1970 a new dispensary building was ready with a few beds for emergency
cases.
APVHA Member
VI. 8
HOLY MARY DISPENSARY
Thubadu via. Nadendla
Guntur Dt. 522234
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of St. Ann's, Phirangipuram.
Date of foundation :
19-3-68
24
This despensary is situated in a village with 8 beds for maternity and other
emergency care. Patients come from the surrounding villages
Number of out-patients : 1976: 673
Number of in-patients : 1976: 360
: 1976:
8
Number of beds
APVHA Member
ST. ANN'S DISPENSARY
Phirangipuram - 522 529
Guntur Dt. A.P.
VI. 9
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Sisters of St. Ann's Phirangipuram
Date of foundation
12th Feb. 1968
.
Since the beginning, the dispensary made progress and 6 beds are attached.
Medical treatment is given at the dispensary to all the people irrespective of caste and
creed. By God's grace, all the patients coming to our dispensary are going back with
good and quick recovery from their diseases. All possible facilities are created for our
patients. The people come from the sorrounding villages to this dispensary.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 36,210
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
8,902
Number of beds
: 1976:
6
APVHA Member
VI.
10
OUR LADY OF HEALTH HOSPITAL
Narsaraopet Guntur Dist. A. P.
Telephone: 8
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of St. Ann's Phirangipuram
Date of foundation :
18-7-1960
Our Lady of Health hospital was constructed in 1960 with generous contribu
tions received from the Misereor Germany and from the local people. The hospital
started with 12 beds. Now it is 125 beds general hospital and with a T.B. ward. The
hospital has mobile clinic once in a week.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 28,742
Number of in-patients : 1976 : 16,318
Number of beds
: 1976 :
125
Specialities:
1)
2)
Gynaecology aqd Obstetrics
General surgery
APVHA Member
25
VI.
11
HOLY FAMILY HOSPITAL
Sathenapalle, Guntur Dist. A. P.
Telephone:
8
Short history :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of Jesus Mary and Joseph.
Date of foundation :
12th January, 1952.
This hospital started in 1952, by J.M J. Sisters when there was no other Medical
facilities in that area. The hospital celebrated the Silver Jubilee in 1978. Now
hospital has 150 beds including a separate T.B. centre.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976:5,000
1976:3,500
1976: 100
APVHA Member
VI.
12
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
Piduguralla (post)
Guntur Dist. - 522413 A. P.
Short history :
Owner of institution:
Sr. Superior,
Date of foundation :
15th July, 1968
It is a 12 bed hospital. Most of the cases are Obstetrics, Gynacology and
paediatric cases. The team of the hospital consists of 1 doctor and 3 nurses. Here
T.B., S.T.D. and Leprosy patients predominate.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
1976:
1,700
600
12
APVHA Member.
VI. 13
FATIMA DISPENSARY
Dachepalli Post - 522414
Guntur Dist.’
APVHA Member
26
VI- 14
ST. IGNATUS HEALTH CENTRE
Durgi P.O. Paland T.Q.
Guntur Dist. A. P.
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Sisters of J. M. J.
Date of foundation :
July, 1975
This dispensary started in July, 1975. It has 14 beds and are conducting
delivery cases. Many poor patients visit this dispensary as there are no other health
facilities available in the surrounding area.
APVHA Member.
VI. 15
ST. XAVIER'S HOSPITAL
Nirmala nagar- P. 0.
Vinukonda, Guntur Dist. 522647
Telephone : 84
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Missionary sisters of the Immaculate.
Date of foundation :
22nd Sept. 1965
Fr. T. Baliah, S.J., seeing the health needs of this backward area started a small
dispensary in 1965 in a rented house. Later it was developed with the help of
Misereor, Germany, into a General hospital with 74 beds, X-ray, operation theatre and
lab facilities. Sisters of the Immaculate are working in this hospital.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
1976:
1976:
1976:
19,358
1,392
14
APVHA Member
VI. 16
EVANGELINE BOOTH LEPROSY HOSPITAL
Bapatla, 522101, Guntur Dist. A. P.
VI. 17
ST. THRESA'S HEALTH CENTRE
Patibanda P.O.
Sattenapalli Tq.
Guntur Dt. - 522 402
Short History :
Owner of institution :
St. Ann's Congregation, Phirangipuram.
Date of foundation :
15-9-1974
27
The Centre was started by the Sisters of St. Ann's Congregation in the year
1974, with 6 beds. By 1976 it had developed into a Health Centre with 12 beds.
This Sisters have a home visiting programme to nearby villages.
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of out-patients: 1976:
: 1976:
Number of beds
2,562 1977: 2,929
840 1977: 545
12 1977:
12
APVHA Member
VI. 18
ST. XAVIOUR.S DISPENSARY
Thallacheruvu,
Sathenapalli Tq.
Guntur Dt.
Short Histosy :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of St. Ann's Congregation, Phirangipuram.
Date of foundation :
1975
This dispensary started in 1975 in Thallacheruvu village in a small room, in the
parish compound. Most of the patients who attend are poor and illiterate.
VI. 19
CHRISTIAN HEALTH CENTRE
Macherla - 522 426
Guntur Dt.
VI. 20
LUTHERN GENERAL HOSPITAL
Rentachintala - 522 421
Guntur Dt.
VII. 1
CLOUGH MEMORIAL HOSPITAL
Ongole - 523 001
Prakasham Dt.
Telephone : 760
Short History :
Owner of Institution:
Samavesam of Telugu Baptist churches STBC.
Date of foundation :
1911
This hospital was started in 1911 by Dr. CLOUGH. This is an American Baptist
Christian hospital catering to the needs of the public irrespective of caste, creed or race.
Number of out-patient: 1976: 10,600
Number of in-patient: 1976: 5,650
: 1976:
100
Number of beds
APVHA Member
28
VII.
2
ST. XAVIER'S HOSPITAL
Ongole, Prakasham Dt. 523 001
Telephone : 361
Short History:
Owner of Institution :
Society of J. M. J.
Date of foundation
3-12-1967
:
St. Xavier Hospital, Ongole, started in December "67 by Sisters of J. M. J. with
12 bads. At Present the hospital has a residential M.B.B.S., doctor. Patients come
from the surrounding villages. The staff visit the villages and provide immunisation
to the children.
Number of beds:
1977:
20
APVHA Member
VII.
3
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
Mariampeta,
Chirala - 523 155
Telephone : 256
Short History :
Owner of institution :
St. Ann's Society (Luzern)
Date of foundation :
1962
St. Ann's Hospital, Chirala, was started in 1962 as a small dispensary by the St.
Ann's Society (Luzern). Now it is developed to a 12 bed hospital and with a resident
doctor. It is a general hospital, though most of the cases are maternity cases.
A small clinic is functioning in a needy down-town area by the same Sisters,
and they also visit surrounding villages regularly.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
1976:
1976:
1976:
1977 :
1977:
1977 :
4,278
570
12
3,841
410
12
APVHA Member
VII. 4
BEAR HOSPITAL (Lutheran Hospital)
Chirala - 523 155, Prakasam Dt.
V(I. 5
ST. ANN'S DISPENSARY
Rayavaram, Markapur Rly. Station.
Prakasam Dt.
APVHA Member
29
VII.
6
ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL
Medarmetla, Prakasham Dt. 523212
Telephone : 12
Short History:
Owner of institution-.
Sisters, of St. Vincent de Paul
Date of foundation :
20-8-1976
St Vincents Hospital run by Sisters of St. Vincent de Paul has been functioning
since April 1977. It is a 12 bed General Hospital with all facilities including well
equipped laboratory and operation theatre.
A Community Health outreach programme is being planned and have obtained
an ambulance for this purpose.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976:
1976:
1976:
1977:
1977:
1977:
6,441
135
12
APVHA Member
VII.
RAMAPATNAM BAPTIST DISPENSARY
AND HEALTH CENTRE
7
Ramapatnam, Prakasam Dt. 523291
Short History:
Owner of Institution :
Samavesam of Telugu Baptist Churches, Nellore
Date of foundation :
1912
Started as a dispensary to care for the Seminary students and families of the
Ramapatnam Baptist seminary. Now they have a community health centre attached to
it. There are two clinics in the village weekly.
Number of beds :
1976:
20
Educational Programmes-. Health education to the Seminary students, and rural
experience to nursing students.
APVHA Member
VII. 8
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL & MATERNITY CENTRE
Kanigiri P.O.
Prakasam Dt. - 523230
Short History :
Owner of institution-.
Mother Superior
Date of foundation :
22-7-1969
30
This hospital is situated in a rural area at Kanigiri and mainly engaged in phi
lanthropic, preventive and curtive services. The mobile medical services are.functioning
in the nearby villages. They render services for eligible couples for Natural Family
Planning.
They co-operate with Government immunization grogrammes.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976 : 26,472 1977 : 28,754
1976 :
529 1967:
742
1976:
12 1977:
12
APVHA Member
CHRIST HEALTH CENTRE & CLARK MEMORIAL DISPENSARY
VII. 9
Podili P.O.
Prakasam Dt. - 523 240
VII. 10
ST. RAPHAEL'S HOSPITAL
Giddalur P.O.
Prakasam Dt. 523 357
Short History :
Owner of institution-.
Church of South India (S.P.G. Mission)
Date of foundation
24-10-1930
:
The C. S. I. Hospital was opened in 1930 by Dr. Roberts, with the aid from
S.P.G. Mission, London. First it was started with 30 beds and leter grew to 50. It
was a known hospital for surgery.
Family planning and community health programme are with two village clinics.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in - patients:
Number of Beds
:
1976 : 3,500 1977 : 2,500
1976: 1,500 1977:1,000
1976:
501977:
59
APVHA Member
VII. 11
LUTHERAN HOSPITAL
Tharlapadu P.O.
Prakasam Dt. 523 332
VII. 12
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
Donakonda P.O.
Prakasam Dt. 523 304
This hospital has 10 beds.
31
st. Joseph's hospital
vnr. i
Santhapet, Nellore - 524001
Telephone :
498
Short History .
Owner of institution :
Society of Jesus, Mary and Joseph.
Date of foundation :
1911
St. Joseph's hospital was started by the J.M.J. Sisters in 1911 as a dispensary.
In 1925 a small ward was opened to admit and conduct deliveries. Ever since the
hospital has grown in strength as a maternity hospital. In 1932 a midwifery training
school started, and has trained 900 girls. In 1965 the A.N.M. training took its place
and is continued up-to-date. At present St. Joseph's hospital is a general hospital
with 140 beds with modern diagnostic facilities and having well equipped lab.. X-ray
and operation theatre.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 5,400
Number of in-patients : 1976: 11,987
Number of beds
: 1976:
140
APVHA Member
VIII.
2
BAPTIST CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL
Nellore - 524002
Telephone:
423 Telegraph:
CHRISTHOS
Short History:
Owner of Institution : Samavesam of Telugu Baptist Churches
Date of foundation : 1893
The Hospital was founded in 1893 and has grown steadily to a fine general
hospital of 150 beds with specialities in surgery paediatrics and obstetrics. There is a
fine nursing school and successful community health programme.
A large C.H. out-reach programme involves their denominational health institu
tions (Baptists) in A. P. and has emphasised village health workers training
programmes.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
7,408
5,435
150
APVHA Member
32
VIII. 3
RURAL HEALTH CENTRE
Tallapalem P.O.
Kavali - 524201 Nellore Dist.
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Institute of Foreign Mission Sisters of Paris
Date of foundation :
March 1971
It was founded by the Institute of Foreign Mission Sistars of Paris and previously
named Visvodaya Health Centre. It separated from Visvodaya Inslitution in 1975. At
present it is helped by Damien foundation which has accepted the programme as inter
grated work, including leprosy for area of 5000 population of Tallepalem.
The rural health centre caters to the needs of the 15,000 population in Kavali
town for Leprosy.
As part the Community health programme, 25 villages and hamelts are regularly
visited. Under-fives clinics are conducted along with a Nutrition programme and the
immanization programme.
Educational programmes:
Health education through posters and film shows.
APVHA Member
VIII.
4
AROGYANILAYAM HOSPITAL
Kavali, Nellore Dist. 524201
Telephone-. 137
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Mother General St. Anns Institute
Date of foundation :
19-3-1973
This hospital was started by St, Ann's Institute as a Health Centre in 1973.
Later in 1977, with the help from Misereor, a hospital with 30 beds was constructed
and opened in Feb., 1978 as a general hospital including surgery.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976 :
1976 :
1976 :
21,606
5,400
20
1977 :
1977:
1977:
28,800
6,480
20
APVHA Member
VIII.
5
CATHOLIC MISSION DISPENSARY
Atmakur - P. 0.
Nellore Dist. 515 751
33
VIII.
6
NIRMALA HARUDAYA BHAVAN - DISPENSARY
Kondayapalem, P. 0.
Nellore Dist.
IX.
1
KATHERINE LEHMANN HOSPITAL
Renigunta P. 0.
Chittor Dist. 517520
Telephone : 31
Short History:
Owner of institution:
South Andhra Luthern Church
Date of foundation :
1928
The Katherine Lehmann Hospital was built with funds provided by the Women's
organisation of the American Lutheran Church whose president at that time was
Miss. Katherine Lehmann. The cornerstone was laid by Miss. Lehmann in 1928 and
the hospital opened in 1933.
Dr. C. Muthaiah, a devout Christian, served as Chief Medical Officer for 30 years.
During that time. Laboratory Technician and Auxiliary Nurse Midwife training courses
were run but both courses have now been discontinued.
This hospital is one of the institutions under the South Andhra Lutheran Church
and is financially self-supporting.
Four villages within 5-7 kms. of the hospital are visited weekly by a mobile
clinic as part of community health programme. Immunization programme is emphasised
in the villages and in the hospital.
Educational programmes:
Health education
Number of out-patients : 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of Beds
: 1976:
14,657
2,210
72
APVHA Member.
IX.
G.S. I. HOSPITAL
Nagari, Chittor Dist. 517589
Telephone: 80
2
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Church of South India, Madras Diocese
Date of foundation :
1906
The medical work was started here on a small scale in 1906. It is interesting
to discover that the land and all the buildings were given for the hospital by generous
34
local donors and that no foreign money until 1947. From that time a regular mission
grant has been made and several large special grants and donations have been made
from overseas for building. Now the hospital is self-supporting except for diocesan
grant and family planning grant from the CMAI.
The hospital is a general care institution of 86 beds.
Number of out-patients
Number of in-patients
Number of beds
: 1976:
:1976:
:1976:
12,642
2,759
86
APVHA Member
IX. 3
CHRISTIAN MEDICAL CENTRE
Punganuru. Chittor Dt. 517 524
Telephone: 30
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Church of South India, Rayalaseema Diocese.
Date of foundation :
1945
This hospital was started by an American medical missionary lady doctor (RCA)
Dr. A. R. Korteleng M.D. on a small scale in 1945. Gradually this was developed to
the present status of 35 beds, with general medical care. On her retirement, the
hospital was taken over by the Church of South India (Rayalaseema Diocese) in 1958
and from then on wards it has been running on a pureley self-supporting basis.
Number of out-patients :1976: 23,391
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
701
Number of beds
: 1976 :
35
Specialities :
Pediatrics, ENT, OG.
APVHA Member
MARY LOTT LYLES HOSPITAL
IX. 4
Madanapalle - P.O.
Chittor Dt. 517 325
Telephone: 23 Telegraph: 'Mission Hospital'
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Church of South India, Rayalaseema Diocese.
Date of foundation :
1911
Mary Lott Lyles hospital, Madanapalle, was started in the year 1911 for women
and children only until 1950, when men's surgical and medical wards were added.
The bed strength is 179. This hospital has a school of nursing started in 1912,
35
which gave lower Grade training in Nursing, and later in 1953 the school received
recognition to give higher grade Gen. Nursing. In 1954 school received recognition
to give higher grade Midwifery. This hospital has specialities in gynaecology & obsterics, ENT, Skin and Surgery. Usual clinics like anti-natal, ENT and FPP are being
conducted.
Number of out-Patients :
Number of In-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976: 30,102
1976: 5,929
1976:
179
APVHA Member
IX.
5
MERCY HEALTH CENTRE
Mary garden, Galamaner road,
Chittoor 517 001
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Fr. John Antheenattu.
Date of foundation :
15-4-1977
The dispensary was opened in May, 1969 for Leprosy patients and later it
provided general medical care. In April, 1977 a new hospital building was completed,
with facilities for in-patients and maternity.
The Sisters from the hospital make
regular home visits.
APVHA Member
IX.
6
SWALLOWS HOSPITAL-CUM LEPROSY RELIEF PROJECT
Rajupeta, (via) V. Kota
Chittoor Dt. 517 424
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Swallows in India, Madras.
Date of foundation :
12-10-1972
Tthe Swallows Hospital of 20 beds was started as the first phase of the
Welfare Project for Rajupet area in October 1972, with the help of Swallows in India
Sweden and Denmark. The curative work includes medical, surgical and Obstetrics
care. Family welfare (tubectomy) operations are being done at this hospital. There
is twenty-four hour casualty service for emergency cases coming from a redius of ten
kilometres, since the nearest Primary health cenre is ten ten kilhmres away.
The hospital has mobile medical team serving isolated subcentres weekly, situa
ted at a distance of 5-20 kilometres. The aim of the centre is to take care of the poor
in this area.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
Specialities:
1977:
1977:
1977:
65,053
916
20
Surgery.
36
55,077
690
29
7
IX.
AROGYAVARAM MEDICAL CENTRE
Incorporating
Union Mission Tuberculosis Sanatorium
Arogyavaram P. 0.
Chittoor Dist. 517 330
Telephone-. Madanapalle: 228
Telegram-. SANATORIUM
1.
General Hospital of 100 beds with the following Departments:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
2.
General Medicine
General Surgery
Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery
Paediatrics
Gynaecology & Obstetrics.
'
Domiciliary programme for tuberculosis with an urban centre covering a population
of about 60,000 in the rural areas around Madanapalle.
3.
Opthalmology - Aided by the Christoffel Blinden mission West Germany.
4.
Polio Rehabilitation Unit aided by the Andhra Pradesh Social Welfare Fund of the
A. P. Government.
5.
Family Planning Programme aided by the CMAI.
6.
Tuberculosis Expatients Rehabilitation Programme.
7.
Medical Education - Postgraduate Diploma Course for the Diploma in Tuberculosis
and Chest (D.T.C.D.) affiliated to Sri Venkateswara University, Tirupati, A. P.
8.
Paramedical education - Clinical Laboratory Technician's course, sponsored by the
Christian Medical Association of India;
APVHA Member
IX. 8
OUR LADY'S DISPENSARY
Palmaner - 517 408,
Chittoor Dt.
IX. 9
LEPER RELIEF WORK
LEPER REHABILITATION CENTRE
Chittoor
X.
1
NIRMALA MATERNITY AND GENERAL HOSPITAL
Masapet, Cuddapah - 516 001
Telephone : 2350
Short History :
Owner of Institution :
Sisters of the Society of J.M.J.
Date of foundation
1969
:
37
Nirmala hospital was started as a small dispensary in a rented house in 1969 in
the out skirts of Cuddapah town, among slums surrounded by about 40 Villages. In
1970 five acres of land was donated by Cuddapah Municipality to put up the Hospital
within three years. The ground floor portion of the Convent is used as a hospital of 20
beds and construction of a new hospital building is under way.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976:
1976:
1976:
11,264
4,533
20
APVHA Member
X.
2
OUR LADY OF FATIMA HOSPITAL
Porumamilla P.O.
Cuddapah Dt. 516193
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of the Society of J.M.J.
Date of foundation :
1952
The hospital was started in 1952 as a small dispensary to cater to the needs of
the people of Porumamilla village which has a population 10,000. Gradually it
increased to a 20 bed hospital. But even that was found in-adequate as the people
from the neighbouring villages also flocked for medical assistance. The Misereor came
to rescue and with their generous help in 1975, a well-equipped modern hospital was
constructed with a bed strength of Sixty. At present, the hospital caters not only to
the needs of the people of Porumamilla but also to the people of about 120 hamlets
around Porumamilla with the help of a mobile medical unit which visits these villages
regularly.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
11,402
1,173
60
APVHA Member.
X.
3
CAMPBELL HOSPITAL
Jammalamadugu-51 6434
Cuddapah Dt.
Telephone : 70
Short History :
Owner of institution :
C.S.I. Rayalaseema Diocese
Date of foundation :
1895
In the early years this CSi hospital trained L.M.P. doctors but discontinued the
programme during 1914-18 war. A lower grade Nursing school was discontinued
38
during 1939-46 war and started again as higher grade school in 1967. Up to 1952 it
was a 100 bed hospital. From 1956 there was rapid expansion to present size of 297
beds under medical superintendent Dr. M D.A. Ratnaraj. Surgical and medical cases of
all kinds are treated. Hospital is now self supporting for the last 10 years apart from
one missionary salary and occassional gifts. A large family welfare centre is operating
for family planning services.
An outstanding Nutrition Education project for under fives is conducted by this
hospital, initiated by Dr. William Cutting in 1970 in co-operation with OXFAM. It
involves the rehabilitation of malnourished children concurrent with educating the
mothers in child nutrition.
The unit also conducts an extension programme of health care and education
into 5 villages. Village health workers have been trained and are functioning in these
villages, and it will be extended to others to cover about 30,000 population.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
25,892
6,963
297
APVHA Member
X.
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
4
Appayapelle P.O. Kamalapuram
Cuddapah Dt. 516289
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Society of the Franciscan Sisters of St. Joseph, Madras.
Date of foundation
January 1971
:
The Sisters started dispensary in a small house in 1971. In 1977, with the
help of Misereor a 10 bed hospital was opened in Appayapalle Village, on the main
road of Cuddapah-Bellary.
The hospital is surrounded by many villages and has an ambulance to visit them.
Number of out-patients : 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
5,100
50
10
APVHA Member
39
X.
ST. JOSEPH'S HEALTH CENTRE
5
Pulivendla P.O.-516 390
Cuddapah Dt.
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Sisters of St. Ann's Congregation, Phirangipuram
Date of foundation :
9-6-1976
This health centre of 16 beds was built by the help of Misereor, Germany. It
was started in June 1976. One doctor and two qualified staff are working at the centre.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 5,500
Number of in-patients : 1976:
113
Number of beds
: 1976:
16
APVHA Member
ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL
X. 6
Sathyapuram, Proddatur - 516360
Cuddapah Dt.
This hospital has 12 beds and a resident doctor.
APVHA Member.
X. 7
CATHOLIC HEALTH CENTRE
Maidukuru
Cuddapah Dt.
X. 8
KURUPAPALLE LEPROSY HOSPITAL
Koduru P.O.-516 101
Cuddapah Dt.
XI. 1
ST. THERESA'S HOSPITAL
Kurnool 518004
Telephone: 893
Short history :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of the Society of J.M.J.
Date of foundation :
1925
St. Theresa's hospital for women and children was started by the J.M.J. Sisters
in 1925. The hospital was mainly intended to treat antenatal, postnatal casesand
diseases of infants and children.
40
It was started as a dispensary with out-patient department labour, room and
accommodation for 12 beds, mostly maternity. A seprate labour room and ward of 18
beds were added during the year 1934. In the year 1957 a seprate septic ward and
Nurses quarters were built.
In the year 1973 an operation theatre, and central sterilisation room were built
and well equipped. At present the number of surgical cases are steadily increasing.
A maternal and child health programme is conducted.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
1976:
1976:
1976:
15,325
6,122
75
APVHA Member
XI.
2
OUR LADY OF LOURDES HOSPITAL
Koilakunta P.O.
Kurnool Dt. 518134
Telephone : 37
Short history :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of the Society of J.M.J.
Date of foundation :
1969
This institution was started by J.M.J. Sisters in the year 1976 mainly for women
and children, but as years passed by the need was great to treat all ailments empahasis
is given to the villages, with health education and nutrition programmes.
Number of out-patients: 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
Number of beds
1976 :
11,006
1,608
25
APVHA Member
XI.
NIRMALA CATHOLIC DISPENSARY
3
Sirvel P.O. Kurnool Dist. 518563
Short History :
Owner of institution :
C.M.C. Congregation
Date of foundation :
26th July, 1976.
This small dispensary was started in 1974 to help the poor Harijans in this area
and the surroundings villages. It is planned to develop a Health Centre with 8 beds
with an outreach programme with preventive care health education.
Number of out-patients:
1976:
7862
APVHA Member
41
SAN JOE NILAYAM
XI. 4
Pathikonda P. 0.
Ku moo I Dist. 51830
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Sister Superior
Date of foundation :
1st Nov. 1976
San Joe Nilayam is a small dispensary started in a rented house in Nov., 1976.
A plan was sent to Misereor in Germany for financial aid to start the construction of a
25 bed hospital with a community health out-reach programme.
Number of out-patients :
1976:
1,200
APVHA Member
XI.
5
ST. ANTONY'S DISPENSARY
Kavulur P.O. Via Panem-518112
Kurnool Dist.
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Parish Priest, Kurnool Diocese.
Date of foundation :
15th Jan. 1975
St. Antony's dispensary began in Jan., 1975. Kavulur village with the popu
lation of about 2,000 has no medical help nearby. The patients have to go Nandyal
which is about nine miles for medical aid.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
Number of beds
: 1976 :
1,500
200
5
APVHA Member
XI.
6
ST. WERBURGH'S HOSPITAL
Nandyal P.O. Kurnool Dist.
Short History :
This hospital was established in the year 1931, by Mr. Emmet. It has served
the people of Nandyal district and especially for surgeries for at least three decades.
It has now 50 beds.
There is also a centre for family welfare, undertaking family planning operations.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
Number of beds
: 1976 :
2,354
578
50
42
XI.
7
HOLY FAMILY MATERNITY & CHILD WELFARE CENTRE
Polur - 518511, Nandyal, Kurnool Dist.
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Date of foundation
:
Sisters of St. Ann's Congregation, Phirangipuram
19th March 1977
Polur is a big village of 6,000 population with 25 small hamlets and villages
surrounding it. There was no medical facility available for this people except Nandyal
town. Since there was a request from the people for a health centre, Fr. J. Boon has
accepted the task of providing medical facilities and has obtained funds for a health
centre. The sisters of St. Ann's, started working at this health centre from March,
1977.
APVHA Member
XI. 8
C. S. I. HOSPITAL
Kavutaluru-518344
Adoni Taluk, Kurnool Dist.
Short History .
Owner of institution:
Church of South India, Karnataka
Date of foundation :
1947
The hospital of 35 beds was established in 1947 from the CSI hospital
Chickballapur, Kolar District, to serve the backward famine prone area around Kavutaluru,
Haloi and Halcholli in Adoni and Sirguppa Taluks (Then both in Bellary Distict). There
has always been emphasis on mobile village dispensary work and the hospital has
almost ceased to function apart from this. A committee of enquiry which has just
visited the Hospital, has recommended that is become a Health Centre serving the
community as part of a comprehensive development project.
Number of out-patients: 1976: 2,400
Number of in-patients : 1976:
213
: 1976:
35
Number of beds
XH. 1
1977: 2,168
1977:
199
1977:
35
RAYALASEEMA DEVELOPMENT TRUST
RURAL COMMUNITY HEALTH PROGRAMME
Bangalore Highway, Anantapur - 515 001
Telephone : 2503 Telegraph : FRATERNA
Short History :
The R. D. T. was started in 1969 with CASA participation as a comprehensive
Rural Development Project in the District of Anantapur. As part of the programme
R. D. T. maintained forty M. C. H. centres in sevaral villages, a 25 bed leprosy centre
and a 20 bed hospital for malnourished children.
43
From 1974 to the present with participation of EZE-KED and CASA, the M.C.H. •
centres have been extended to 40 villages covering 80,000 population. The main aim
of the community health programme is "to bring basic health care facilities within
walking reach of each village on a permanent basis" by training indigenous health
workers. So far 38 village health workers are trained in 29 villages.
The R. D. T. has taken up feeding programmes, health education and immuni
zation programmes and also provide safe drinking water.
The C. H. programme is part of a fine Community Development Programme.
APVHA Member
XIII.
1
GRACE CLINIC
Wanaparthy - 509 103
Mahabubnagar Dt.
XIII .2
MENNONITE BRETHEREN MEDICAL CENTRE
Jadcherla, Mahabubnagar Dist. 509302
Telephone: JCL 88
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Conference of the M.B. Church of India
Date of foundation :
1952
The hospital was founded by Dr. and Mrs. Friesen of the Mennonite Brethren
Church of North America in 1952 at Kaverammapeta, near Jadcherla, when the need
for medical ministry was felt around this part of the land. It is a 130 bed general
hospital doing a good surgical service. Opthamology service was started in June
1977.
Number of out-patients: 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
20,265
2,366
130
APVHA Member
XIII.
3
METHODIST HOSPITAL
Chandrakal,
Kondangal Tq.
Mahabubnagar Dist.
1
This hospital belongs to the Methodist Church, rendering valuable medical
services to the needy since its inception.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976: 1,199
1976:
80
1976:
12
44
XIII.
4
MENNONITE BRETHEREN CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL
Wanaparthy - 509 103, Mahabubnagar Dist.
Short History:
Owner of institution-.
M.B. Christian Hospital, Wanaparthy
Date of foundation :
1935
The M.B.C. Hospital started as a dispensary in 1935 and afterwards developed
into a full-fledged hospital by American Missionaries. Now it is a 60 bed hospital
serving the people of this area and the nearby villages.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
1976 :
1976:
1976:
XIII. 5
6,693
502
65
ST. AGNES HOSPITAL
Jadcherla - 509 302
Mahabubnagar Dist.
XIV. 1
ST. THERESA'S HOSPITAL
Sanathnagar, Hyderabad-500 018.
Telephone-. 261311, 261013.
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Society of Jesus, Mary and Joseph
Date of foundation :
15-10-1971
The J.M.J. Sisters began small maternity home of 14 beds at Somajiguda in
1958. After 15 years of hard work, in Feb. 1974 St. Theresa's Hospital of 200 beds
was opened in this suburban industrial area. This is a modern health institution of
highest standard with super specialities of cardiotheracic and plastic surgery.
Several rural extention centres are connected with it, and factories nearby
recognize the hospital for comprehensive health care of their employees-
Number of out-patients : 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
Educational Programmes :
41,042
4,319
200
M.C.H. and Family counselling.
APVHA Member
45
VIJAY MARIE HOSPITAL O'-14'
3
XIV. 2
Saifabad, Hyderabad - 500004.
Telephone-. 34486, 220350.
Short History :
Owner of Institution:
Sisters of Charity
Date of foundation :
1957
Vijay Marie Hospital was built in 1957 by the Sisters of Charity accommodating
120 in-patientsand an equal number of out-patients per day. Now it is expanded to a
hospital of 150 beds. The initial efforts of Dr. (Mrs.) Irene Rebello and Rev. Fr. Roch
are worthy of remembrance.
The Community Health Programme covers a villags on the out skirts of
Hyderabad, involving about 400 families. The programme includes also the slums
around the hospital. Home visits, under-fives care and a supplementary feeding pro
gramme are offered.
Number of out-patients: 1976: 37,035
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
6,568
Number of beds
: 1976:
115
Educational Programmes-.
General Nursing and Midwifery Course.
APVHA Member.
XIV.
3
MUSLIM MATERITY & ZANANA GENERAL HOSPITAL
Purani Haveli, Hyderabad - 500002
Telephone-. 42005,40002
Short History:
Owner of institution:
Islamic Social Service Society
Date of foundation : April, 1970
This hospital was started in 1970 with 25 beds with a view to provide medical
facilities to ladies who observe pardah. There are now 50 beds in the hospital. All
operations, gynaecological & general, are performed and a paediatric Unit is attached to
the hospital.
Number of out-patients: 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
Specialities:
12,830
3,480
50
Paediatric unit
Premature unit (Two incupators).
Educational programmes-.
A.N.M. training school (Recognised)
APVHA Member
46
XIV. 4
DR. KAKADE CHARITABLE TRUST
"HYDERABAD SANATORIUM"
Priya-darshan, Ramanantapur
Hyderabad-500013
Telephone-. 71438
Short History:
Owrner of institution:
Dr, R.T. Kakade-Managing Trustee
Date of foundation
20-12-1955-Hyderabad sanatorium
9-11-1969 Converted to Charitable Trust
:
The Hyderabad Sanatorium has 25 beds specialising in Tuberculosis treatment.
Extensive expension is planned.
Number of out-Patients:
Number of In-patients :
:
Number of beds
Specialities :
1976:810
1976: 426
1976: 25
Tuberculosis.
APVHA Member
XIV.
5
HYDERABAD CHARITABLE HOSPITAL TRUST
4 & 5, Durga Bhavan, Rashtrapathi Road
Secunderabad - 500003.
APVHA Member
XIV.
6
THE SALVATION ARMY HEALTH CENTRE
6-D, Walker Town, Himmatnagar,
Secunderabad-500025.
Short History :
The Salvation Army
Owner of institution :
Date of foundation
:
7-12-1976
This is a free Health Centre began in Feb, 1976, catering for poor people, with
Mondays and Fridays clinic in the Health centre, Secunderabad and clinics at saidabad
and at Uppal Lambady camps.
Number of out-patients :
1976 :
2,446
APVHA Member
47
RURAL DEVELOPMENT CENTRE, HEALTH UNIT
XIV. 7
Lillipur-509325, Dubbacherla P.O.
Palamakote via Hyderabad
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Hyderabad Archdiocese Social Service Society.
Date of foundation :
January 1976
This health unit was started in Jan., 1976 as part of the comprehensive rural
development programme. In September 1977 the Mobile Clinic was started. Five
villages are being visited regularly for curative and preventive work. A good number
of villages are covered by this mobile clinic.
Number of out-patients :
1976: 3,188
M.C.H. Programme, Natrition Programme
Specialities :
Educational programmes :
XIV. 8
Training of village level workers. Health Education to
Mothers and school children.
MAHAVIR HOSPITAL
Research Centre
A.C. Guards,
Hyderabad - 500004
Telephone: 34094
XIV. 9
PRINCESS ESRA HOSPITAL
Shahali Bunda,
Hyderabad - 500002
Telephone : 44416
Short Histoy:
A free charitable dispensary was started in 1967 in the same premises. The
hospital construction was completed in 1977, and started functioning from August
1978, with 50 beds.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
Specialities:
1976:
1976:
1976:
42,233
1977:
1977:
1977:
49,029
217
50
Gynaecology, Eye, E.N.T., Pediatrics and orthopaedics.
48
XIV. 10
ST. JOSEPH'S HEALTH CENTRE
Kammagudem, Turka Emjala P.O.
Hyderabad-501510
Telephone : 55
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Catechist Sisters of St. Ann.
Date of foundation :
1967
This health centre of 14 beds was established in 1967 by the Catechist Sisters
of St. Ann. There are 20 villages surrounding this centre and patients come from all
these villages to this hospital treatment.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in - patients : 1976 :
Number of beds
: 1976:
Educational Programmes:
8,000
1,200
12
1977:
1977:
1977:
9,000
1,100
14
Film shows on family welfare.
APVHA Member
XIV. 11
NURSING HOME-ANDHRA MAHILASABHA
University Road, Hyderabad-500960
Telephone : 60101
Telegraph : MAH ILA
Short History:
Owner of institution: Andhra Mahila Sabha, Chairman.
Date of foundation :
1964
Andhra Mahila Sabha Nursing home was established in 1964 as a meternity and
child welfare centre. In due course it has developed into a full-fledged hospital of 75
beds and has also a nursing school.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 29,081
Number of in-patients : 1976:
6,615
Number of beds
1976:
75
Educational programmes :
XIV. 12
School of Nursing gives training to ANM & GNT.
CRAWFORD MEMORIAL HOSPITAL
Vikarabad P.O. 501101
Hyderabad - Dt.
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Methodist church Hyderabad Annual conference
Date of foundation :
1908
49
This hospital was started in 1908 by the Methodist church, rendering .consi
derable amount of charity work in the field of health care.
They have a mobile clinic visiting villages around the town of Vikarabad.
have another clinic at Gingurthi, 39 miles a way from Vikarabad.
XIV. 13
They
ST. ANN'S DISPENSARY
Mallapur Village
Near Moula Ali
Hyderabad - 500040.
This dispensary is run by the Sisters of St. Ann of Providence.
XV.
C.S.I. HOSPITAL
1
Medak. 502110
Telephone : 32
Short History :
Owner of Institution : C.S.I. Medak Diocese
Date of foundation: 1904
This hospital was started in 1904 by Miss. Posnett and Miss. Harris mainly to
conduct deliveries and treat minor alinments. It has gradually become general hospital
with 20 beds.
Number of out-patients
Number of in-patients
Number of beds
:1976:
:1976:
:1976:
11,075
1,550
20
APVHA Member
XV.
2
MEDAK DIOCESE FAMILY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
Under Fives Centre
C.S.I. Compound
Medak - 502 110.
APVHA Member.
XV.
3
VINCENT HEALTH CENTRE
Alirajpet, Gajwel, Medak Dt.
A.P. - 502278
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Congregation of Sisters of Charity of St. Vincent de Paul.
Date of foundation :
28-11 -1976
This is a newly started health centre under the Sisters of Charity of St. Vincent
de Pual with 8 emergency beds. It provides health care to 7 villages by using a mobile
unit.
APVHA Member
50
XV. 4
C. S. I. HOSPITAL
Ramayampet P. 0.
Medak Dist.-502101
XV. 5
GOOD NEWS SOCIETY CLINIC
Zahirabad P. 0.
Medak Dist.
XVI.
ST. JOSEPH'S HEALTH CENTRE
1
Mattampalli, Huzurnagar Tq.
Nalgonda Dist. 508204
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Catechist Sisters of St. Ann.
Date of foundation :
1919
Mattampalli is a remote village in Huzurnagar Taluk. Sisters of Divine Providence
established their convent some 60 years ago. Since there was not even a small hos
pital within a day's journey, the Sisters started a small dispensary where they attended
the maternity cases and minor ailments. It served nearly twenty villages around this
centre.
Eventually, the local people contributed 5 acres of land and in 1976 a 10 bed
health centre was opened with financial help from the Indo-German Social Service
Society.
Number of out-patients:
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
1976:
1976:
1976:
5,000
300
10
1977:
1977:
1977:
7,000
500
10
APVHA Member
XVI. 2
C.S.I. CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL
Panigiri -- 508279
Nalgonda Dist.
Short History:
Owner of institution :
C. S. I. Dornakal Diocese
Date of foundation :
1923
This hospital was started as a small rural dispensary in 1923 by Miss. Parson of
the British Methodist Society of London. Miss. Parson worked for 4 years, was
followed by Miss. Midgley who built the maternity section and the O.P. block. The
service has continued through the years.
51
Under-five clinics, Nutrition, M.C.H. & Family Planning Programmes are con
ducted with the Hospital as a referral centre.
Number of out-patients : 1976 : 4,564
Number of in-patients :1976: 3,534
Number of beds
: 1976 :
30
APVHA Member
XVI.
3
MAHATMA GANDHI LIFT IRRIGATION CO-OPERATIVE
HEALTH CENTRE
Gaddipalli P. 0. Huzur nagar Tq.
Nalgonda Dist.
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Chairman M.G.L. Co-operative Society Ltd.
Date of foundation :
1973
This health centre was begun in 1973 mainly to promote better health of people
in the project area. It renders both curative and preventative services.
APVHA Member
XVI.
4
NIRMALA HOSPITAL
Suryapet, Nalgonda Dt. 508 213
Telephone-. 121
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Missionary Sisters of the Immaculate
Date of foundation :
30-10-1966
Nirmala hospital began as a dispensary in 1966 in Suryapet town. After two
years, a 70 bed hospital was opened with surgical, medical and maternity care facilities
to serve the poor of this area.
Number of out-patients : 1976:7,600 1977:
Number of in-patients : 1976:2,500 1977:
Number of beds
: 1976:
70 1977:
8,000
2,600
70
APVHA Member
XVI. 5
ST. MARY'S HOSPITAL
Kodad - P.O.
Nalgonda Dt. 508 206.
This Hospital is run by the sisters of St. Ann, Phirangipuram.
52
XVI. 6
CATHOLIC HOSPITAL
Huzurnagar - 508 248
Nalgonda Dt.
XVI. 7
LEPROSY HEALTH CENTRE
Duppalapalli road - Nalgonda - 508 001
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Franciscan Sisters of Immaculate, Nalgonda
Date of foundation
25 August 1973
:
Rev. Fr. Luigi Pezzoni, specialist in leprosy, came to Nalgonda in 1666 and
established a general clinic and Leprosy clinic. In 1974 he founded the leprosy health
centre at Nalgonda outskirts. The same year Father obtained the Visa for two Sisters
belonging to the Franciscan Sisters of Immaculate and on 5th Jan. 1978 the hospital
was inaugurated. Meanwhile 6 sisters came to India and are working as leprosy
nurses in this hospital and Indian Sisters are being trained to join the work.
The Government of A.P. has alloted to this leprosy centre 13 clinics in Miryalaguda taluk and they have also taken up work in five other clinics.
Number of out-patients :
1976:
3,500
APVHA Member
XVII.
ST. MARY'S C.S.I. HOSPITAL
1
Khammam - 507001.
Telephone-. 211
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Church of South India, Dornakal.
Date of foundation :
1902
The C.S.I. Hospital was built in 1902. A vernacular grade nursing course func
tioned for some years, and now an A.N M. course is conducted. There are 130 beds in
the institution.
Community Health Programme covers an area of one square mile around the
hospital serving a slum area of over 9,000 people and 5 nearby villages of 20,000
population. The villages are visited twice weekly. Family planning services are
available from the hospital. Under-fives clinics are conducted as part of C.H.
programme.
Tuberculosis is a special problem in this area. A Programme of Immunisation
for communicable diseases and control programmes for T.B. & Leprosy are conducted.
Health education is carried on to improve environmental sanitation.
Number of beds
Educational programmes:
1976:
130
A.N M. training course.
APVHA Member
53
XVII.
LOURDU MATHA HOSPITAL
2
Thallada P.O.
Khammam Dt.
Short History .
Owner of institution:
Sisters of Charity.
Date of foundation :
8-2-71
In 1958 a small dispensary was established by Fr. C. Radice, P.M.E. It was
handed over to the sisters of Charity. Due to increase of patients a new place was
selected and opened in 1972 with 46 beds.
Number of out-patients : 1976: 6,000
Number of in-patients : 1976:
200
Number of beds
: 1976:
46
Educational Programmes-.
M.C.H. Programme Health education in schools.
APVHA Member
XVII.
3
MARIA RANI DISPENSARY
Bayyaram P.O.
Khammam Dt.
It is a small dispensary conducted by the Cathechist Sisters of St. Ann.
APVHA Member.
XVII. 4
MISSION HOSPITAL
Rebbavaram
Khammam Dt.
This dispensary is run by the Cathechist Sisters of St. Ann.
attached to the dispensary.
XVII. 5
Three beds are
MISSION HOSPITAL
Proddutur P.O.
via. Chintakani
Rly. Khammam Dt.
This Hospital with 18 beds, is run by the Cathechist Sisters of St. Ann.
XVII. 6
PREM SEVA SADAN DISPENSARY
Cheruvumadaram P.O.
Khammam Dt.
This dispensary is run by the Sisters of Charity.
54
.
XVIII. 1
CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL & RURAL HEALTH CENTRE
Hanamkonda - 506001, Warangal
Telephone : 7329
Short history :
Owner of institution :
Date of foundation
:
Samavesam of Telugu Baptist Churches.
October, 1976.
This institution has been started a new in 1976 on the premises of the old
Victoria Memorial Charitable Hospital which was closed in Sept. 1973. There are
50 beds in the hospital and a C.M. Programme.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
Specialities :
1772
170
50
- General Surgery,Paediatrics
APVHA Member
XVIII. 2
ST. ANN'S HOSPITAL
Fatimanagar- Kazipet
Warangal - 506003.
Telephone : 7262
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Sisters of St. Ann of Providence.
Date of foundation :
March, 1954
St. Ann's Hospital was opened by the Sisters of St. Ann of Providence in the
year 1954. It is catering mostly to the poor people of the suburbs and surrounding
rural areas. In the year 1954 with the efforts of the R'eligious Congregation and the
help of the Bishop of Warangal four rooms were completed to serve as dispensary.
Gradually the dispensary took the shape of a hospital, as the number of patients
increased. By 1967 it was a full-fledged hospital, with 150 beds. They operate a
Primary Health Centre at Appenapeta.
Number of out-patients : 1976 :
Number of in-patients :1976:
Number of beds
: 1976 :
Educational programmes :
25,600
16,000
150
N.F.P. in the hospital
APVHA Member
55
RURAL DEVELOPMENT CENTRE
XVIII. 3
Tarigopala P.O.
via. Jangaon
Warangal Dist.
APVHA Member
XVIII. 4
ST. ANN’S DISPENSARY
Reddipalem P. 0.
via. Wardannapet
Warangal Dist.
This dispensary is run by the Cathechist Sisters of St. Ann to provide primary
health care for the people of this village and nearby villages.
APVHA Member
XVIII. 5
BISHOP WHITEHEAD HOSPITAL
Dornakal - 506381. A. P.
Short History:
Owner of institution'. C.S.I. Dornakal Diocese
Date of foundation :
1968
This hospital was built in 1928 in memory of the late Bishop Whitehead Madras
Diocese. The hospital has 20 beds and provides health care to the student member
ship of about 700 and outsiders as well. Number of tribals also come to this hospital.
Number of out-patients: 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
16,326
755
20
APVHA Member
XVIII. 6
ST. ANN'S DISPENSARY
Narimetta P. 0.
Warangal Dist.
XIX. 1
CHURCH OF SOUTH INDIA HOSPITAL
Mukarampura
Karimnagar - 505002
Telephone : 409
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Church of South India, Dornakal Diocese
Date of foundation :
1923
56
Work among women and children was started by Dr. Joan P. Drake and Sister
Alice Hawkins, missionaries of the Methodist Missionary Society of London in the year
1908. Proper buildings for the hospital were built at the present site in 1923. A
Men's Ward was added in 1951 by means of gift from the Rank Benevolent Fund. In
1965 a Children's Ward was built from a grant received from the Bread for the World
Organisation. During the years 1971 to 1976 a new out-patient Block, new Women's
Wards, Operation Theatre, Nurses quarters and staff quarters were built with funds
received from' the E.Z.E. of West Germany. Immunizations are conducted twice a
week at the hospital and in the village clinic.
Community Health out-reach programme is going on in a nearby village with
resident A.N.M.
Number of out-patients: 1976: 33,164
Number of in-patients : 1976 :
3,658
Number of beds
: 1976 :
150
Educational programmes-.
ANM training school.
APVHA Member
XIX. 2
C.S. I. HOSPITAL
Jagtial - 505327
Karimnagar Dist.
Telephone : 221
Short History :
Owner of institution:
C.S. I. Dornakal Diocese
Date of foundation :
Before 1927
This Mission Hospital was started by the Methodist Missionary Society before
1927 as a small dispensary. From 1930 in-patients received mainly for matetnity
cases. From 1974 the hospital is functioning as a general hospital of 25 beds.
A maternal & child health programme is conducted.
Number of out-patients :
Number of in-patients :
Number of beds
:
1976: 11,375
1976: 1,133
1976 :
25
APVHA Member
XIX. 3
JEEVADHARA HEALTH CENTRE
Shanthinagar Village (Nampalli)
via. Sircilla and TK.
Karimnagar Dt.
Fr. T. Baliah. S.J., the then Regional Superior of Jesuits in A.P., took lead to
provide health facilities to the people of this area by inviting the Missionary Sisters of
the Immaculate.
This centre was started by the Nirmala Sisters with 10 beds specially to the
Maternity cases. Minor ailments are also treated at this centre.
57
XIX. 4
ST. ANN'S PRIMARY HEALTH CENTRE
Appannapeta P.O.
Peddapally Rly. Station.
Karimnagar Dt.
This centre is being run by the Sisters of St. Ann of Providence.
XX. 1
VICTORIA HOSPITAL
Dichpalli-503175
Nizamabad Dt.
Telephone : 25
Short History :
Owner of Institution :
Church of south india, Medak Doicese.
Date of foundation :
1915
In 1915 leprosy work was started in this rural area and the hospital was opened
in 1927. A leprosy out-patients programme was begun in 1970. In 1973 the commu
nity health programme was established; and also general health care was begun.
The name of the hospital was changed to Victoria Hospital in the same year.
The Community Health Project (CHP.) extends to a radius of 8 kms. around the
hospital, involving 13 villages and approximately 20,000 population.
Activities covered include a project clinic at Victoria Hospital and a community
ward. There are also six weekly clinics in six villages and home visiting of irregular
TB, leprosy patients. Health education is carried on in Beedy factories in many
villages. There is a V.H.W. training programme.
This CHP programme is financed by OXFAM, Oxford England.
Number of beds
:
Educational Programmes:
1976:
137
Health education programme connected with community
health project
APVHA Member
XX. 2
LOURDES DISPENSARY
Dharmaram P.O. 503230
Nizamabad Dt.
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Sisters of Charity.
Date of foundation :
9th Feb. 1967
Fr. Dhanraj of Lourd matha Church requested the Sisters of Charity to open a
dispensary for the Parishners and the poor of the surrounding villages and this was
58
inaugurated in 1967.
regular home visits.
There are 4 beds attached to the dispensary and Sisters make
Number of out-patients: 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
8,400
120
4
1977:
1977:
1977:
10,300
200
4
APVHA Member
XX. 3
CHURCH OF SOUTH INDIA HOSPITAL
Dudgaon - 503219 Nizamabad Dist.
Telephone: 63
Short History:
Owner of institution :
Church of South India, Medak Diocese
The C.S.I. Hospital at Dudgoan has a bed strength of 80 and serves effectively in
a needy area reaching about 1,500 in-patients and 5,500 out-patients in a year. They
also operate two village clinics.
Number of out-patients: 1976: 5,427
Number of in-patients : 1976: 1,406
Number of beds
: 1976:
80
APVHA Member
JEEVADAN MEDICAL CENTRE
XX. 4
Lingampet P.O. 503124
Nizamabad Dist.
Telephone : 27
Short History .
Owner of Institution:
Jeevadan Projects
Date of foundation :
22nd May 1975
Lingampet is a village of 11,000 population. Even though the village had deve
loped economically, there were no medical facilities at all with in a radius of 20 kms.
The village community requested a clinic in the village in 1975. The same year
Lakshmikanthamma, a Philanthropist, donated 10 acres of land for the construction of e
hospital. Jeevadan Projects constructed the building for 5 beds. The emphasis is
on community health programme in the villages and especially M.C.H. services.
Number of out-patients : 1976:
Number of in-patients : 1976:
Number of beds
: 1976:
Educational programmes:
17,143
220
5
Education for married women in the villages, Natural
Methods of F. P.
APVHA Member
59
JEEVADAN HOSPITAL
XX. 5
Kamareddy P. 0. Nizamabad - 503111
Short History :
Owner of institution:
Jeevadan Projects
Date of foundation :
18-6-1978
Kamareddy is a Taluk head quarters having a population 24,000. There is a
Govt. Hospital and several private practioners and still the people felt the need of a
Mission hospital and approached the Jeevadan Project. The Project started a hospital
in June 1978 with 5 beds with large out-patient service.
It has become a referral centre for the surrounding 30 villages for M.C.H.
services.
Number of out-patients : 1978:
Number of in-patients
:1978:
Number of beds
:1978:
Educational programmes-.
2,050
75
5
Health education and Natural Family Planning.
APVHA Member.
XXL 1
CATHOLIC RURAL HEALTH CENTRE
Gudlabori P. O. 504299
Adilabad Dist.
Short History :
Owner of institution :
Parist Priest, Vijayanagaram
Date of foundation :
15-10-1969
As there was no other health centre for more than 30 villages around Vijaya
nagaram, a dispensary was begun in 1969 and named as the catholic Rural Health
Centre. It treated over 6,300 patients in 1977.
Number of out-patients:
1977 :
6,325
APVHA Member
XXL 2
CHURCH OF SOUTH INDIA HOSPITAL
Luxettipet-504215
Adilabad, A. P.
Short history :
Owner of institution :
Church of South India, Medak Diocese
Date of foundation :
1929
60
This hospital started about fifty years ago as a small dispensary for villages
around Luxettipet. In 1929 it became the only hospital for the whole taluk. The
hospital has progressed with the addition of a new maternity block to the present
strength of 33 beds.
Number of out-patients
Number of in-patients
Number of beds
1976:
1976:
1976:
1,971
290
33
1977:
1977 :
1977:
3,448
301
33
APVHA Member
XXI. 4
C.S. I. DISPENSARY
Nirmal P. 0.
Adilabad Dist.
XXI. 5
CATHOLIC DISPENSARY
Indravalli P. 0. Utmoor Tq.
Adilabad Dist. 504311.
This dispensary was started in 1977 by the Charity Sisters of St. Francis of Assisi.
With best compliments
from
4,
A Well Wisher
61
INDEX OF DISTRITCS
I
SRIKAKULAM
XI
II
VISAKHAPATNAM
XII
ANANTAPUR
111
EAST GODAVARI
XIII
MAHABUBNAGAR
IV
WEST GODAVARI
XIV
HYDERABAD
V
KRISHNA
VI
GUNTUR
VII
PRAKASAM
VIII
IX
X
KURNOOL
XV
MEDAK
XVI
NALGONDA
XVII
KHAM MAM
XVIII
WARANGAL
NELLORE
XIX
KARIMNAGAR
CHITTOOR
XX
NIZAMABAD
CUDDAPAH
XXI
ADILABAD
AT A GLANCE
HOSPITALS
105
HEALTH CENTRES
29
DISPENSARIES
29
HEALTH AGENCIES
TOTAL
62
8
___
171
*
%
%
Si?
3$
Grams : “PERCYS” J
Phone: 72106
(4 Lines)
J
fe
&
%
&
&
3^
SARDAR PATEL ROAD
&
&
SECUNDERABAD - 500 003
B
&
jr-
iS
£
CENTRALLY SITUATED
•4
COMFORTABLE ROOMS
a
4
GOOD FOOD AND SERVICE
3<fi
0
MODERATE CHARGES
n?
£
5s?
With Best Compliments
Andhra
Surgical
Emporium
AMARNATH & SONS
(Distributors & Manufacturers'
Representatives)
L. N. Gupta Marg (Station Road)
HYDERABAD
Phone:
221024
(Everything in Surgicals)
L.N. Gupta Marg (Station Road)
HYDERABAD
Phone:
DISTRIBUTORS FOR:
M/s. Johnson & Johnson Ltd.
Bombay
::::
::::
221024
Wide range of ETHICON* Sutures
Everything in Surgicals -
Sterilising Fluids
from an Ordinary Probe to
Adhesive Plasters
Hydraulic Operation Table.
P. 0. P. Bandages
Reputed Manufacturer's
Cidex* Solution etc.
Products on their Fixed
Rates.
M/s. I.D.P.L. Madras - Surgical
Instruments.
All on Company Price List Rates
::::
•&
?K
sV
•e
i»
&
»•
a-.
TELEPHONE-.
&
ft
41647
ft
ft
i%
ft
M/s. Nagar Medical Hall
|
(PHARMACEUTICAL DISTRIBUTORS)
»f
Sultan Bazar, Hyderabad-500 001
Distributors and Stockists for
1.
M/s. THE BENGAL IMMUNITY CO., LTD. Calcutta.
2.
M/s. THE BOOTS COMPANY (INDIA) LTIMITED, Bombay.
3.
M/s. C. D. PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED, Calcutta.
4.
Mis. MEDLAY LABORATORIES PRIVATE LIMITED, Bombay.
5.
M/s. NILNEX LABORATORIES, Bombay.
6.
M/s. ORIENT PHARMA PRIVATE LIMITED, Madras.
7.
Mis. ORIENT CHEMICAL WORKS, Indore.
8.
Mis. PHARMA RESEARCH & ANALYTICAL LABORATORIES, Madras
9.
Mis. RUSOMA LABORATORIES, Indore.
10.
Mis. SMITA, STANISTREET & COMPANY LIMITED, Calcutta.
11.
M/s. SIGMA LABORATORIES, Bombay.
12.
Mis. SUR/D GEIGY LIMITED, Bombay.
13.
M/s. T. M. THAKORE, Bombay (TYMOCIN)
7K
ft
fta-
with best compliments from:
K. V. REDDY
COTRACTORS
&
ENGINEERS
8-3-1005, FIRST FLOOR, SRINAGAR COLONY
H Y D E R A B A D - 500 873
PHONE:
34380
Phone: 44774
ELOEE PMM & L 6. MEMES
4-2-264, Sultan Bazar, HYDERABAD-500 001
Branch:
Sardarpatel Road, SECUNDERABAD-500 003
TRUST
INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION
FOR YOUR
POST GRADUATE STUDIES
M.A. (English)
M.A. (Sociology)
B.Ed.
TOFEL
GRE
VARIOUS TRADE
COURSES
V.I.P. HOUSE
Chapel Road,
Gunfoundry
Hyderabad-500 001
Director:
Thomas Thekkedem
Phone: 347 0 9
With best compliments
from
ft
Murty & Manyam
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
5-9-19/10, Opp. SECRETARIAT
H Y D E R A B A D - 500 004
with best compliments from :
*
©
general printers & publishers
4-1-22, hanman tekdi,
Hyderabad - 500 OO1
phone :
4 5 10 0
Voluntary Health Association of India
VHAI assists in making health a reality for all the people of India with their
involvent and participation through the voluntary health sector.
©
VHAI strives to maintain liaison with the Government of India, other interested
bodies, and State Voluntary Health Associations
0
VHAI seeks to promote the highest possible level of health care through planned
use of available resources in collaboration with Government and other agencies
©
VHAI promotes education in health care administration
©
VHAI stimulates innovative projects and helps in determining priorities for health
care programmes which bring optimum benefits to the maximum number
©
VHAI publishes and distributes information material on its activities and on
health care.
VHAI conducts or assists in Seminars and Workshops on
*
Hospital administration
*
Hospital finance
*
Communications
*
Community building skills
*
Hospital accounting
*
Community health
*
Planned change in hospitals
*
Nursing education
A two year self instructional correspondence course in hospital administration
A one year residency programme leading to a certificate in health care administration
An anesthesia course for nurses
A residency course in community health.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT
The Voluntary Health Association of India
C-14 Community Centre
Safdarjang Development Area
New Delhi-110 016
Phones: 652007
652008
A.P. Voluntary Health Association
10-3-311/7/2, Vijayanagar Colony,
HYDERABAD-500 457. A.P.
Phone.: 223089
».
3t
St
Sit
*
FbbM ®f ISeans!
The growing girl has
energy to let her play long.
And the secret of such
energy? Health truly
built up with Albo-Sanga nutritious tonic that
suits all ages. Supplements
diet with its minerals and
herbs.
ALBO-SANG®
1
I
I
St
Sfi
St
J.& J.DeChane
Laboratories (P) Limited
; *
DeChane also market a range of over 54 formulations of
unsurpassed effectiveness to treat many common ailments
x.
For further information : Contact the nearest stockist or write to
The Director (Marketing), J&J DeChane Laboratories (P) Ltd.
Residency Rd, Hyderabad-500 001.
Phone : 57431
•s
*
£
ft
ft
VOLUNTARY HEALTH ASSOCIATION
Genera! Printers & Publishers Hyd-1 Phone: 45100
THE CATHOLIC HOSPITAL ASSOCIATION OF INDIA
PB 2126 GUNROCK ENCLAVE
TEL 848293 848457 841610
TLX 0425-6674 CHAI IN
1943 - 1993
SECUNDERABAD 500 003
ANDHRA PRADESH
CBL CEEHAI SECUNDERABAD 500 003
FAX 0091-040-811982
THE KILLARI QUAKE
Marathwada, Maharashtra, 1993
A
CHAI Response
On October 6, 1993 an urgent meeting of the Planning Committee for the Golden Jubilee celebra
tions of the Catholic Hospital Association of India (CHAI) and the staff of CHAI was called.
The mood was solemn.
The question :
"Should CHAI drop all the celebrations in view of the terrible disaster that struck
Killari and the surrounding regions of Marathwada in Maharashtra ?"
The decision was unanimous :
"We will drop all the celebrations."
It was a very difficult decision. Preparations for the Golden Jubilee celebrations had been going
on for the past two years. All arrangements had been finalised. The various committees had
been working hard and giving the final touches. Large number of delegates and participants
were due to come from the country and from abroad. The resource persons for the themes for
the different days, seminars, symposia, workshops and public meetings had agreed and the
programmes had been worked out in detail; cultural programmes for each day had been decided
upon.
After serious reflection, it was decided that
(1)
the programmes for the first 6 days will be cancelled, including the various meetings
and cultural programmes;
(2)
there will be the annual convention for two days (November 6 and 7);
(3)
the opportunity will be utilised to
1.
have a final reflection on the CHAI Golden Jubilee Evaluation Study, which had
been discussed at various forums (regional, professional and others) utilising the
discussion document "Seeking the Signs of the Times" so as to lead to action at
various levels—local, regional and national;
2.
discuss the amendments to the constitution, to make the organisation function
more effectively and efficiently;
3.
initiate a process of preparedness against disasters, natural or man-made, and
4.
focus our attention and efforts on bringing relief to the victims of the disaster and
rehabilitate them.
An initial commitment of rupees ten lakhs was made towards relief.
committed themselves to donate a portion of their salary.
The members of the staff
The Situation
In the morning of September 30, 1993, Killari and the surrounding regions experienced the worst
earthquake taking a toll of tens of thousands dead, many more injured and colossal damages to
houses, buildings and property. The earthquake measured 6.4 on the Richter scale. There were
five tremors; the first occurred at 3.56 hours and the fifth at 07.45 hours. These were followed
by aftershocks for several days.
The number of dead was variously estimated at between 10,000 and 30,000; the more accurate
one may be nearer the latter one.
The damages caused were mainly in Latur and Osmanabad districts :
44 villages in Latur and 32 villages in Osmanabad were severely affected.
The loss of lives and damages were unusually high.
Causes :
1.
The densely populated area
2.
Unsuitable house construction
3.
The nature of the soil
4.
The disaster ocurred in the early hours of the morning.
The response
There was massive response from everywhere—local, national and international, in kind, human
resources and money. The Government of Maharashtra swung promptly into action; so also
various voluntary organisations. There was an unprecedented and growing groundswell of
humanitarian aid of every description. Food, water, clothing, disposal of dead bodies, safety of
property, temporary shelters, electricity and other needs were attended to. Health and medical
care received attention. The armed forces were requested to help in the relief and rescue opera
tion. They did an excellent job.
The response though massive, was still inadequate.
More help was called for.
CHAI team
CHAI responded to the call. They were assisted in this by the Sanghi group of Industries. The CHAI
team with volunteers from the Andhra Pradesh Conference of Religious India, Andhra Pradesh
Bishop's Conference, Forum of Religious for Justice and Peace and CHAI member institutions set
up a relief camp at Nandurga village on October 10, 1993. It was called the CHAI-SANGHI
Earthquake Relief Camp.
Priorities for the CHAI relief team
1.
Provide medical and health care.
2.
Help in the psychological, social and spiritual needs.
3.
Attend to hygiene and sanitation.
4.
Mobilise relief materials for villages that needed them.
5.
Plan for long term rehabilitation.
The Camp
The relief camp was set up at Nandurga village, 50 Km away from Latur.
operates in the villages around within a radius of upto 10 Km.
The team functions and
Initially life in the relief camp was difficult. Incessant rains gave sleepless nights. There was
ankle deep water inside; the black cotton soil was slushy. Things improved in a couple of days.
More volunteers arrived. Medicins Sans Frontieres, a Netherlands based organisation provided
basic medicine kits and tents(3) for the team. Government also provided 2 tents. There were,
additionally, three tin sheds for kitchen and other purposes. One additional subcentre was open
ed in Sarani to serve Sarani and Lotta.
Organisational set-up
Two teams have been set up to co-ordinate the relief operation.
Core team at Hyderabad
The following organisations besides others are represented in the core team at Hyderabad (names
of representatives given) :
* The Catholic Hospital Association of India : Fr John Vattamattom, svd
*
Sanghi group of Industries
*
Andhra Pradesh Conference of Religious India : Fr Bosco sj and Bro Thomas Aquinas
:
Mr Girish
* Andhra Pradesh Bishops Conference :
*
Fr Francis Thumma
Forum of Religious for Justice and Peace : Bro Varghese Thekanath, SG
The core team is responsible for mobilisation of resources, co-ordination and implementation of
the programmes
Action team at the site
The action team has two co-ordinators :
* Administrative co-ordinator : Fr Joy Kochupura : Responsible for liaising with the core team,
government, voluntary organisations, procurement of materials and general administration of
the camp.
*
Field co-ordinator: Bro Varghese T : Responsible for relief and rehabilitation in the field and
personnel management.
The two co-ordinators will consult each other before arriving at major decisions.
Fr Amal Raj sj along with the co-ordinators and members of the core team will periodically eva
luate the relief organisations.
Medical Care
A large number of people have been availing of medical care provided by CHAI team. As soon as
the medical tent was put up, a throng of patients queued up. The medical work was organised into
1.
2.
an outpatient department at Nandurga and later at Sarani, about 15 Km away from Nandurga, and
mobile clinics and health extension programmes in
Hasalgam
Sankarala
Jangaonwadi
Sarani
Lotta
Limbada
Tanda
Magrul
Haragoan.
The number of patients attended to by the doctors averaged 400. There were fractures of limbs,
spine and pelvis. Many had infected wounds. There were many patients with diarrhoea,
scabies, cough, cold and fever. They were all attended to by our teams. Our teams had doctors,
nurses, social workers and other volunteers, who were drawn from different parts. The doctors
were specialists (orthopaedic surgeon, paediatrician, gynaecologist) and generalists, depending
on the perceived needs in the field. The nurses were well qualified and experienced. Special
mention must be made of the human resource contributions from St. John's Medical College and
Hospital, St. Martha's Hospital and St. Philomena's Hospital, Bangalore, the Community Health
Cell, Bangalore, Scholastics from the Papal Seminary, De Nobili College and SVD Seminary, Pune
and the St. Theresa's and Vijay Marie Hospitals, Hyderabad beside many others.
Patients requiring immediate surgery or hospitalisation were referred to
District Hospital, Latur
Vivekananda Hospital, Latur and
St. Theresa’s Hospital, Hyderabad
The team doctors followed up the patients ensuring that thay received the required treatment.
There was excellent co-operation. The Maharashtra Health Minister visited our medical relief
camp. He appreciated our work and entrusted the curative medical care to our team. In addition
to curative care, attention is given to the preventive and promotive aspects as also community
health. Health education programmes are conducted with the use of audio-visual aids, street
plays, role plays and songs. Local resources are being mobilised for health education.
The district medical officer has requested our team to co-operate with the anti-malarial program
me. We have been assigned 8 villages for the antimalarial programme.
Psychological needs
The people of the affected areas are striken with deep grief, as part of the Post Trauma Stress
Syndrome. Our social work team has been reaching out totthe families in our efforts to rehabili
tate them. As a result of personal interaction with the people, a good rapport has been built up.
The team has been able to help in improving the psychology and attitude of the people. Tpe
team is in the process of organising people at different levels—school children, women, youth,
men.
Hygiene and sanitation
The villages had been shifted to temporary settlements provided by the Government. Hygiene
and sanitation were lacking. A subteam of the CHAI team was formed to look into the area of
hygiene and sanitation. The team has done very good job in providing proper drainage system,
constructing platforms for washing clothes, protecting water supply sources and the environment.
The people are also educated in hygiene and sanitation.
Material relief
Though the news is that materials are pouring in, the reality is that the basic minimum needs are
not met in the case of many people. These paople have lost everything. A lot more of relief
materials are needed. They must reach the needy. The team has provided food materials wher
ever there was acute shortage. The core team at Hyderabad mobilised necessary materials. They
have been distributed in Sarani, Lotta, Sankrala and Wadi. Rice, dal, wheat flour, oil, masala
and potato have been supplied. Other materials included clothes, blankets, blackboards, benches
and educational materials.
Survey
Our survey team has completed the survey of six villages and collected pertinent information
and data.
Situation after one month
The situation continues to be grim. The people who have lost everything have to be rehabilitated,
besides continuing relief. Agriculture consists mainly of cash crops. The production of food
grains is not much. It will take atleast a month to harvest. Until then, scarcity of food will be
experienced. Once the crops are harvested, some of the basic needs will be met. Until then,
supplementary food and other relief have to be continued.
Housing is an area which has to be taken up seriously and quickly. Arguments on design and
materials can cause delay. Life for the villagers will be tough till these houses are constructed
and occupied. It is understood that many voluntary organisations have come up with projects to
construct between 8 and 9 thousand houses.
But the number of houses which have been
damaged wholly or partly is estimated to be 1.23 lakhs. Massive reconstruction has to be taken
up by the Government and voluntary agencies.
Future plans of CHAI
*
Relief to be continued, to the extent required.
*
Provide curative, preventive and promotive care,
•
Concentrate on the psychological, social and spiritual rehabilitation, bringing the people back
to the normal stream of life, using appropriate strategies.
*
identify potential leaders and train them to continue the activities.
•
organise women, children and youth as also cultural and recreational programmes.
Collaboration with other agencies
The CHAI team has been happy to collaborate with Government and Voluntary agencies. The
representative of the team was attending the weekly co-ordinating district,level meetings
convened by the District authorities. The District and State authorities have appreciated the
work done by the CHAI team and requested CHAI to continue the good work. BHEL and ICRISAT
made use of the infrastructure and contacts of CHAI for distribution of relief packages of house
holdutensils, clothes and chickpea seeds. Other voluntary agencies donated drugs for use by
CHAI team in their medical work. Two doctors from Banaras Hindu University worked with CHAI
team. The collaboration with the Sanghi group of Industries has been wonderful and fruitful.
Conclusion
The magnitude of the disaster and its impact on the people in the affected area are yet to be fully
assesed. There is need to continue the efforts, on more scientific and humane lines, in the coming
weeks and months, keeping in mind the long term needs and problems of the affected.
Credits : Reports of Dr. Mani Kalliath (CHD),
Bro. Varghese Theckanath (Field Co-ordinator)
and Fr. Joy Kochupara (Administrative Co-ordinator).
Declaration off
The Catholic Hospital Association of India
on the occasion of
The Golden Jubilee 6.11.1993
Jeevan Jyothi Retreat House,Begumpet
Hyderabad,A.P.
*******
Preamble
In the mercies of God and as part of the body of Christ,the
Catholic Hospital Association of India (CHAI) has been blessed
to attain its fiftieth anniversary this year. In the course
of this half century, the Association has grown from"Out of
Nothing" into a network of over 2500 institutions which
facilitates the services of thousands of Catholic health
care centres and hospitals all over India. More significantly,
it has undergirded the vocations of tens of thousands of God's
children called to serve through Christian medical care,
for the whole or parts of their lifetime. Such abundant
fruitfulness and usefulness in the last 50 years demand from
us that we use this occasion to prepare for greater obedience
and further effectiveness in the coming years through deliberate *
reflection on our past, thoughtful analysis of our present and
renewed commitment to our future under the guidance of God.
For this purpose a comprehensive study was entrusted to
Dr Thelma Narayan. She and her colleagues have done an
excellent job during the last two years, with full co-operation
of the member institutions.
Over the past one year the Association has undertaken an
exhaustive process of study, reflection, analysis and consul
tation, with professional help and wide participation. The
Association has courageously and openly appraised its strengths
and its weaknesses, seeking information and opinions from
every member institution. With the aid of a widely represen
tative panel of experts from outside the CHAI, it has
also sought to arrive at an informed and broad-based consensus
on the future health needs of India and the distinctive tole
to which God may be calling CHAI in that situiion. The output
of these two processes were circulated to the general
membership of CHAI, who discussed and prioratised them in
regional and sectional meetings.
The outcome of these studies and discussions have been spelt
out in the detailed reports of these processes. Specific
courses of action will have to be based on these reports as
well as the preferences and priorities arrived at by the
regional and professional group discussions on these reports.
But as a guideline to all these activities, we need to
identify and commit ourselves to the overall directions
emerging from these processes.
Six major concerns
While a large number of desirable objectives and mechanisms
have been identified in the course of the study and evaluation
process, six major concerns have emerged as of fundamental
importance :
(a)
A holistic concept of health, healing and wholeness
The number organisations of CHAI are involved in health care
in its various aspects, While they all subscribe to the
concept of wholeness or fullness of life in all the dimensions
of the human being, in practice the emphasis is predominently
on the cure or relief of physical ailments through a bio
medical approach. Thus the unique and distinctive whole person
approach to health and healing arising from our faith is not
always evident tn the services of our institutions. A delibe
rate and consistent pursuit of holistic healing ought to
characterise our member institutions, whatever their size,
location or level of technology.
(b)
The preferential option for the poor
The gospel is good news to the poor, and the church’s healing
ministry is part of that good news. But in the practice of
medical care, the socio-economic resources of the patient.
tend to determine his access to medical care. In our
institutions, there must be a preferential option for the
poor, channelling our resources to meet their needs and
adapting our care to the best possible within their resources.
This also requires a deliberate placement of our institutions
in the areas of the greatest need in the country. At present
only a little over 25% of CHAI member organisations are in
the BIMAROU states. And the majority of our institutions
and projects are in the states which are better served in
health care. But poverty is also deprivation due to physical,
mental, behavioural and societal handicaps or abnormalities;
these areas of dehumanisation deserve the preferental
involvement of CHAI institutions. Poverty can also be/belonging
to high risk but neglected groups such as children and women.
A deliberate focus on all forms of poverty ought to charac
terise CHAI institutions.
i
(c)
The concept of Community Health
Though the community health approach has been emphasised by
CHAI from the late seventies, the bulk of our activities
continue to concentrate on care and cure of the individual
in an episodic manner. Most of our hospitals are better at
curing or relieving the sick who come to them, than in
enabling communities to become healthier and more wholesome
by their own efforts and according to their resources and
. 3 .
and circumstances. Community oreintation needs to become
a basic commitment and not an optional activity of CHAI
institutions.
(d)
Role in education and human resource development
The achievement of these priorities depend on the staff
of our hospitals having the requisite commitment to
these goals as well as the necessary know-how. They are
products of the prevalent patterns of education and
training which do not emphasise these concerns. So CHAE
needs to develop appropriate educational and training
mechanisms. This can be broadly at two levels. Firstly,
the member organisations which offer training in the
health professions must be helped and induced to give
priority to these concerns in all their educational and
training programmes. The process must be modified to
ensure that they can be depended on to assimilate these
priorities. But such training is a demanding task and
CHAI needs to develop a highly competent Educational
Section to fulfil these roles in education and human
resource development.
Continuing Education : Healh personnel, who have been trained
earlier, need to update and refresh their knowledge,skills,
and attitude. Otherwise, the care they give becomes obsolete.
There is urgent need for continuing education for doctors,
nurses, allied health professionals and all others involved
in health care.
(e)
Organisational changes
Since the directions prioritised above are not new, the
inadequacies in following them must be ascribed inpart to
organisational deficiencies. On the one hand, there is
need for greater integration and co-ordination among the
member organisations. If they can truly work as members
one of another in an all-India body, the shared resources,
expertise and commitment can help to achieve these goals.
If our larger teaching institutions can modify their
curricula and their own style of functioning to incorporate
our priorities, the trainees will in due course become
attuned to and competent in them and disseminate them in the
CHAI network. On the other hand, there is need for de
centralisation of the CHAI structures in order to facilitate
decision making and more effective implementation of the
objectives at regional levels. The officers at both the
national and regional levels must be made accountable to
their respective constitutuendes and respond to the needs
of the regions. All this would also call for improving
the CHAI structure and leadership in quantity and quality.
(f) Religious sisters and CHAI
In any evaluation of CHAI, it is clear that its foremost
strength is the total devotion of the individual "religious"
members in the service of their Lord and master through
the healing ministry. But at the same time, they are
primarily committed to the "charism" of their respective
..4
4
congregations and to their organisational practices;
the' involvement in health care is subject to these
considerations. A major requisite for the development
of CHAI and health and healing in the country in the
coming years is a greater recognition and affirmation
of their role and objectives by the religious orders.
This could occur at two levels.
The congregations could contribute to the leadership of
CHAI and to the necessary improvement of CHAI staff in
quality and quantity. They could also give greater emphasis
and priority to the staffing needs of the health centres
and hospitals, in the overall scheme of the training and
disposition of theijzfaembers.Such an increasing involvement
in the ministry of healing may benefit the congregations
too, by attracting to them committed believers by offering
jthem a challenging and meaningful vocation with ample
space for initiative and creativity. Mechanisms must be
evolved for strengthening this mutually beneficial symbiotic
relationship between the CHAI and the religious congregations
At the same time, the health care centres, based as they are
on the "religious" need to recognise and facilitate the
ministry of the laity and even of committed persons of
others faiths or no faith, as part of the mission of the
church.
These six major issues encompass the majority of the
recommendations and conclusions emerging from the
evaluation and discussion process. Each of these recommen
dations have a number of ramifications as also linkages
with the other recommendations. Each needs to be worked
out in specific detail with aid of the full reports, by
CHAI and within the CHAI membership at various levels.
At the General Body meeting on the 50th anniversary of
the CHAI, it is necessary that the membership commits
itself to these broad directions by affirming the
following declaration .
The Golden Jubilee Declaration
The Catholic Hospital Association of India looks back ,
with gratitude on all that the Great Physician has
wrought through this Association in the past half
centuiy. In His mercy CHAI has become a well-established
organisation linking over 2500 hospitals and health centres
of various sizes and capabilities in .diverse parts of India.
Through them thousands of believers finland fulfil their vocation
From time to time in this eventful history, the Association
has redefined its goals and priorities according to the needs
and opportunities of each stage of its development.
At the
milestone of its Golden Jubilee, the Association commits
itself to direct and evolve its activities in the coming
decade, around the following priorities :
1.
In the context of the progressive dQpersonalisation,
fragmentation and commercialisation of health care in
India, CHAI will strive further to develop and practise
holistic health care, serving the total need of the whole
person, irrespective of the size, location or leveyof
technology of its member institutions.
2.
CHAI accepts that the primary calling of its member
institutions is to serve the needs of the poor, the
disadvantaged and the marginalised, giving special atten
tion to the disadvantaged regions of the country and to the
neglected and unpopular areas of dehumanisation due to
ill health and handicaps.
3.
CHAI reaffirms its commitments to tlje promotion of health
and wholeness, by enabling the community to achieve for
itself the conditions and resources essential for life
in its fullness.
While continuing to offer the best
that they can for the relief of pain and the cure of
ailments, CHAI health care centres and institutions
will concern themselves increasingly with community-based
health care.
4.
CHAI shall try to promote these priorities by appropriate
reorientation of the educational and training programmes
of its member institutions and by developing suitable
continuing education programmes
of its own for the
various health professionals and workers.
5.
CHAI recognises the need for restructuring its own
organisation to promote greatef integration at the
national level for the sharing of resources and
.(>•
experience on the one hand, while also decentralising
its activities as much as possible on a regional
basis and introducing greater accountability to the
membership on the other,
6.
CHAI was brought into being by regligious sisters
and its greater strength is the total devotion of
the individual "religious" members to the healing
ministry.
In the coming decade, every effort will
be made to strengthen this relationship so that CHAI
is better able to pursue its priorities in the member
institutions while the congregations too may be en
riched by a greater involvement in the healing ministry
<e-
Zi/e-Health Reinforcement Group
HUNGER AND HEALTH COMMUNICATION INITIATIVE
EACH ONE, EAT ONE AND SHARE ONE (EO, EO & SO)
.
Life-Health Reinforcement Group is a Non-Governmental
Organization working in the area of Health Education and Health
Promotion since 1999.
To address issue of hunger and malnutrition, and bring health
information at the doorstep of citizens we had conceived, an idea and
implemented on Nov 14th 2001 i.e. - "Each One, Eat One and Share One".
This concept is promoted through BANANA CART - BANANA HEALTH
POINT (BHP).
Purchaser of banana at Banana Health Point is requested to donate
one banana which would be consumed by inmates of respective
institution, cxpample : patients in hospitals (Osmania, Gandhi etc)
prisoners (Chenchelguda Prison), children in government schools and
people who cannot afford to purchase (Rickshaw Pullers, Postmen,
Domestic Helpers etc).
-k
Every month on a chosen topic Health Information would be
displayed at all Banana Health Point's
★ Health mail box :
Citizen's questions and suggestions on health and health services
could be mailed in mailbox attached to the cart. Their questions will be
answered by Life HRG. (Format available at Banan Health Point)
For further information contact us:
Li/e-HRG : 6-3-609/10, Anandnagar, Khairatabad,
Hyderabad - 500 004, Ph : 3325524
JVxvAi'
Cc^vc-Cj)
AAO1A -
of
H-O^'d-v-
r)^.
rv . H.
O?^^y\4(okA
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF MEDICAL SCIENCES
NAMS—ACADEMY ORATION
April 4, 1987, New Delhi
Medical & Non-Medical Dimensions of Health
By
DR. N. H. ANTIA .
FRCS. FACS, (nons.)
I
Director, Foundation for Research in Community Health
Foundation for Medical Research, 84-A, R. G. ThadanI
Marg, Worli, Bombay-400 018.
Twenty Fourth Annual Convocation, New Delhi
4th April, 1987
MEDICAL & NON-MEDICAL DIMENSIONS OF
HEALTH
by Dr. N. II. Antia
At Independence, India was indeed fortunate in having two
of the most far-sighted documents ever produced for the
health of our people. Though undertaken by two entirely
different committees namely the National Planning Com
mittee (N.P.C.) and the Health Survey Development Com
mittee (Bhore), their reports were remarkably similar even
though they represented such diverse interests as those of
the Congress and of the British rulers. Since 92% of the
people lived in the villages and small towns, both reports
clearly stated that the limited available' manpower and'
resources had to be decentralized and function as far as
possible within the community, with the pcople.as active par
ticipants. Since the disease pattern was predominantly of a
communicable nature, prevention had to have precedence
over curative services. This was both cost effective and
could also provide a permanent solution to the perennial
problem of diseases like malaria, cholera and plague which
not only produced suffering and death but were a major
hindrance to the ccononrc development of the country.
These committees evidently drew inspiration from the exam
ple of countries like Britain. (See Table 1).
The Char wick reform in the U.K. in the mid-19th century
for the improvement of sanitation was the brainchild of a
perceptive engineer and interestingly was opposed both by
the medical profession and the city. fathers as a waste of
public resources. The remarkable improvement in the health
(Table 1 Corned.)
Respiratory tuberculosis : death rates, England and Wales
»
Scarlet fever : death rates of children under 15, England
and Wales
of the British nation and the marked reduction of the major
communicable diseases even before the discovery of their
causative agent, as well as their virtual elimination before the
advent of vaccines and drugs, clearly demonstrates the impor
tance and superiority of non-medical interventions in the
improvement of the health of a nation.
It does not require scientific proof to realise that those
who suffer from chronic malnutrition and live under the
appalling conditions of our villages and slums are more sus
ceptible to communicable diseases. Today this is compoun
ded by the hazards of industrial pollution faced by those who
migrate to the cities.
The implementation of the above-mentioned reports was
entrusted by the founder fathers of our nation to the medical
profession, a profession which was dominated by the allo
pathic system of medicine and some of whose members had
participated in the struggle for independence. This was the
result of the implicit faith placed in this profession that it
would dedicate itself to the betterment of the health of the
people and of the nation.
If we arc honest with ourselves wc have to admit that
four decades later we, as a profession, have failed to fulfil
the faith placed in us. However, let us not b<| over-repen
tant for we as a part of the post-independence society have
failed to build a nation on the lines intended by those who
fought and won freedom for our country.
The vision of Gandhiji was of a state where everyone
would be able to live with dignity and free from fear and
want, in a country which would be a beacon of civilization
for a world increasingly consumed by fear and terror and
where the lure of materialism would eventually transcend
human values; of a civilization which would be judged not
by the wealth of the rich but by the care and concern for the
less fortunate. It is interesting to note that the vision of
Gandhiji was to a great extent similar to that of Mao Tse
Tung in China in that—
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Health work had to be geared to. the needs of the
workers, and peasants;
Putting prevention first;
Uniting doctors
medicine;
of both
traditional and western
Combining health work with mass movement.
The difference was in the faith they placed in those who
would be entrusted to achieve these goals. While Gandhiji’s
vision of Trusteeship was more humane and idealistic, subse
quent events have proved Mao Tse Tung to be the pragmatist,
for China under Chairman Mao implemented the Indian
reports with a marked improvement' of the health of its
people as compared to that of our own country.
(Table 2)
HEALTH INDICATORS
India
China
(1950)
India
China
(1981)
Infant mortality rate
(Per 000)
134b
—
121
35
Child (1-4) death rate
(Per 000)
—
—
1 ld
2d
Crude birth rate
(Per 000)
40b
37b
35
21
Crude death rate
(Per 000)
27c
17c
13
6-4
(Conted.)
5
(Table 2 Conted.)
Life expectancy at
birth (yrs.)
32
—
52
67
Population growth
rate (mill)
—
—
2.1s
1.5°
Total Population
361
542
742d . 1029d
b: figures for 1950-51; c: figures for 1951: d: figures for 1984;
e: figures for 1971-81.
LIVING STANDARDS
India
China ,
(1952)
India
China
(1982)
Literacy per cent
16.7h
20?
36'
69'
Per capita availablity
Foodgrains (gms/day)
384 •
. 542
450k
669u
h: figures for 1951; i: figures for 1951-52; j: figures for 1980;
k: figures for 1983; 1: figures for 1’981-82.
HEALTH INFRASTRUCTURE
India
China
• (1950)
India
China
(1983)
Per 10,000 population
3.9
0.231
0-6’g
2.1
6
3
1.5
7
21
1.65
No. of hospital beds
f: fiures for 1946; g: figures for 1949.
6
13.4
6.7
No. of physicians
No. of nursing
persons
(Table 2 Conted.)
AGRICULTURE
India China
(1950-51)
Cultivated land (mill, hect.)
Irrigated land (mill, hect.)
Total food production
(mill, tonnes)
a: figures for 1951.
119
21
55'
141
20
164-*
India China
(1934)
143
53 ,
150
144
44.5
407
It is interesting to study the reasons for the marked dis
parity between the present health status of China and India
as shown in Table 2 since both countries gained Indepen
dence at about the same period and and started with similar
problems. Though both countries were the cradles of civili
zation with well-established indigenous systems of medicine,
their large and predominant rural populations were steeped
in poverty and disease. Drained of their vigour and wealth
by imperialist exploitation and internal dissension they had
limited resources to solve the multitude of problems with
which they were beset. Both countries also had well esta
blished nuclei of allopathic medicine, the legacy of the depar
ted western rulers. Following independence China faced
military threats from the United States and Russia. This not
only placed an enormous drain on their scarce resources but
also cut them off from foreign aid and access to the latest
advances of in western science and technology. India was
more fortunate for it faced no such threats, had substantial
financial reserves left by the departing rulers and had almost
unlimited access to science and technology of the west, It
also received substantial foreign aid including that in the field
of health.
China faced with what seemed almost insurmountable
problems had no option but to gird its loins and develop its
intrinsic strength which lay in the vastness of its population
and faith in its ancient culture. In the field of health it
7
developed a decentralized approach very similar to that
recommended by the Bhore Committee, enlisted the people
in the care of their own basic health, popularly known as the
barefoot doctor approach and with small county hospitals
distributed all over the country. While using the simple
readily avilable knowledge of allopathic medicine, especially
for the control of communicable diseases, it encouraged its
own traditional systems of medicine and health care. This
Primary Health Care approach with its emphasis on preven
tion and education was supported by simple but effective
decentralized curative services using a combination of indige
nous western systems of medicine.
Yet there is no doubt that the present health status of the
Chinese nation is as much or more the result of the transfor
mation of its feudal oppressive and exploitative society to
that of an egalitrian state. The resulting mobilization of its
human resources, not only in the field of medical care but
also in areas like, the production and distribution of food so
essential to health. China with less cultivated land produces
400 million tons of grain.as compared to our 150 million tons;
more important, it has ensured its equitable distribution. It
has also achieved over 70% literacy as opposed to our 36%
and has raised the status of its women. It has also provided
basic services and facilities like housing, water supply and
sanitation to all its people. Mobilization of the masses has
resulted in actions like eradication of the four pests, the clea
ring of snail infected canals and universal immunization.
This has to a great extent controlled, if not eradicated, most
communicable diseases, which continue to plague us to this
day. With relatively modest financial inputs China is at pre
sent in a very fortunate state of health for it has neither the
diseases of poverty nor those of affluence.
In contrast, India after four decades of independence,
has failed to provide even the basic necessities of food, cloth
8
ing, shelter, water, sanitation and education to the majotity of its people who are malnourished and continue to live
in poverty in the 6C0.000 villages and proliferating urban
slums. They continue to suffer and die from communicable
diseases like tuberculosis, leprosy, malaria, filariasis and polio
myelitis, while a small urban and even smaller rural elite live
in a style which apes the West and suffers from the same
diseases as of the affluent countries. The aggregate statistics
which are presented to us in such a polarized society conceal
more than they reveal, such as the tragic conditions of the
lowest two or three deciles (like the tribals and scheduled
castes) whose conditions have actually deteriorated in a dehu
manized competitive market economy. If the Infant Morta
lity Rate (1MR) in Kerala is 36 then the IMR in U. P.,
Bihar and similar backward states, must surely be much
higher to achieve the aggregate national rate of 110. The
village IMR is usually twice as high as in the urban setting
and the IMR among the poorest in the village is also higher
than the average of the village. Since the recording of
deaths in a backward state with low literacy is less accurate
than in a state like Kerala, the actual figures would be even
worse.. It must therefore be understood that while aggregate
statistics reveal the slate of affairs.in an egalitarian society
they must be treated with great circumspection in a country
like ours, more so when pressures are exerted to reach
national targets.
Why is it that with all our advantages, the health situation
in our own country is so much inferior to that of China? The
reason I believe, lies in the very openness of our society
where the much vaunted freedom means freedom for a few to
exploit and the rest to starve. For the elite like the doctors
to emigrate to affluent contrics after being trained at public
expense, or on return to propagate the latest technologies of
the west which are inappropriate for all but a miniscule of
our population, thereby diverting scarce resources from basic
9
health care and preventive and promotivc medicine to expen
sive, curative services. This has also created many moral and
ethical problems for the majority who really cannot afford
services like kidney transplants, coronary bypass surgery and
intensive care but now feel they must go into debt to save or
prolong the life of a dear one. In the prevailing market
economy devoid of moral considerations, health has also been
converted into a lucrative trade in peoples illness, for it is an
area where consumer resistance is at its lowest The phar
maceutical and instrumentation industry and the corporate
sector have not lagged far behind and have now overtaken
the medical profession in their greed for profits.
In a free economy which still terms itself as socialist, it is
up-to the State to ensure that preventive and promotive care
as well as basic curative services be provided to those who
cannot afford the services of the private sector. Unfortu
nately, this is not so. The public sector fails to attract the
necessary talent in competition with a lucrative private one.
It has also mystified health and treats the people as incapable
of participating in their own health care. The public sector
has by and large failed to deliver the goods and besides its
inefficiency has shown a remarkable lack of accountability to
the people who they arc paid to serve.
That curative medicine is a bottomless pit is clearly
demonstrated by the fact that the USA spends over S 300 bil
lion (S 1225 per capita) for such services, which is next only to
armaments. Yet its status is twelfth as measured by the scale
of IMR, and tenth in life expectancy among the countries of
the world. This only demonstrates that illness can be conver
ted into a lucrative business by the profession and the health
industry without commensurate benefit to the health of the
nation. It also creates the new hazard of iatrogenic diseases
and in poor countries also diverts money from food, clothing
and shelter and often reduces whole families to destitution
10
under the guise of freedom of choice- This results in the
public perceiving the medical profession as a necessary evil
and given the opportuntiy, they have no compunction in suing
the doctor. Is this to be our goal as well?
While the health status of communist countries shows
what can be achieved even with limited resources, the example
of Sri Lanka and even in our own state of Kerala reveals that
the achievement of health by all the people is possible even
under the existing constraints in the non-communist countries
provided human welfare activities like education and improve
ment of the status of the woman are given due attention.
The much superior health status of Kerala, even in the early
70s, when it was the poorest state before the Gulf boom as
compared to Punjab, the richest state, indicates the impor
tance of these non-medical factors in health. This not
only permits the people to better utilize the available
resources but also to monitor those that are provided by the
state and private sector and exert the necessary consumer
resistance which is the only defence available to the people
in a market economy. Only thus can .they protect
themselves from the malpractics of being given unnecessaryand dangerous drugs and injections and subjected., to
unnecessary investigations which have reached frightening
levels in our country today; all under the cover of mystifica
tion and freedom of choice.
|
While it is evident that the medical profession can and
should play an important role in all aspects of health ’it is
important to redefine their role. It is unfortunate that the
profession with good intention or otherwise has mystified
health and created a sense of abject dependency among the
people. There is also an unfortunate belief that the
uneducated are unintelligent and incapable of looking after
their own welfare. For his there is no rational explanation
except the the ignorancejlif the elite.
11
■ Several studies including ours at Mandwa. have clearly
demonstrated that the illiterate are as intelligent as any other
segment of our population. They have a clear and practical
thinking not confused by inappropriate education and ’the
false values that this engenders. We have far too long
failed to appreciate the people’s ability to look after their
own interests including their health and have tried to
appropriate what are legitimately their own functions. In the
process we have not only failed miserably as is evident in
almost all fields, but have succeeded in converting health
into a profitable business.
Let us therefore try to examine the various factors that
are responsible for the health of the people and on that
basis determine the role of the medical profession, the
people, the health services, as well as of the political and
other agencies. The achievement of Health for All can no
longer be accepted as the prerogative of the health services.
Let us first consider the group of factors which though
seemingly non-medical play a predominant role in determin
ing the health status of the people. The four most important
of these arc nutrition, education, environment and women’s
status.
While each of these may justify a dissertation
by itself they are so selfcvident that I shall only try to
h ghlight some of the more significant features of each in
order to discuss the role of those who can help in their
solution
It is a sine qua non. that no one can be healthy without
proper nutrition. Since the traditional Indian diet is very
well balanced, for the 37% of our population who live
below the poverty line of 2400 (rural)/2100 (urban) calories
per day this means that what they require is enough money
to purchase adequate food. The myth of the protein gap
12
and resulting mental retardation has been thoroughly exploded
and only serves to further exploit the poor by the multi
national corporations. What we need is not only increase
in the’ production of food but more important, its distribu
tion. No amount of economic jargon can justify that half
our population goes hungry to bed when 30 million tons of
grain are rotting in storage and have to be exported to earn
foreign exchange, most which gravitates into the pockets of
the haves. We are informed that since our population will
increase to one billion by 2000 A.D. we will have to step
up grain production from 150 to 250 million tons and that •
this can only be achieved through investment in high
technology like genetic engineering, the latest panacea for
all ills! Yet China with less cultivable area and using con
ventional agricultural technology is already producing 400
million tons of grain! Why, have we not undertaken research
into the crops grown in the drought prone areas and the
economics of distiibution of the increased production? Are
we going to depend on the illusion of the ‘trickle effect’
supported by ‘nutrition programmes’ which seldom reach
the targeted group and in any case are an insult to human
dignity by doling food to those who have been reduced, tostarvation? Nutrition can only be achieved through full
employment and paying adequate wages
for
labour.
Common sense dictates that the present policy of urban
industrialization producing goods for the elite using capital
intensive technology will further polarize our society and
aggravate the tensions of which this is the root cause. It
will force increased migration from the villages to urban
slums where people are forced to survive under inhuman
conditions.
The medical profession can either play an important role
in drawing public attention to tjie cause and effect of poverty
and malnutrition and help the people to take the necessary
action, or medicalize nutrition Into another scientific exercise
13
and business of predigested proteins, vitamins, tonics and
micronutrients, for which they will receive support form the
pharmaceutical industry. Let us not underestimate the
influence of our profession in moulding public opinion in
the field of health for better or for worseEducation for health which is a prerequisite for any health
programme has been converted into another futile effort by
the Central and State Health Education Bureaux which have
proved ■ their ineffectiveness over the decades. That the
majority of our people, including those who have received
higher education, are unaware of the basic information
about the commonest health problems like tuberculosis,
leprosy, gastroenteritis and oral rehydration, clearly demons
trates the almost total failure in this field. These special
agencies have neither the expertise in education nor in
communication which is part of the general education and
communication services of our country. Nor do they know
communication and spread of information occurs in the
village which is chiefly by word of mouth around the village
well. Even if they did, they would be unable to reach the
information to the people due to their bureaucratic set up.
Withholding information and mystifying health is an
effective method for creating dependency among the people
and can lead to their exploitation. Consciously or uncons
ciously this is what we have succeeded in achieving. | Even
the educated, leave aside the illiterate, are easy prey as can
be seen by the way they have been hooked on to unnecessary
and often dangerous injections and drugs even for trivial
self-limiting ailments rather than encouraging them to use
the same money for more health-giving products like cheap
nutritious food.
The misuse of the mass media like television by the Jlivate
pharmaceutical and food industry, utilizing vast sums of
14
money can hardly be combated by a few pamphlets doled
out at the health centres by the State and Central Health
Education Bureaux. There are lessons on health in the
school curriculum which make little impact because of their
poor quality and lack of relevance to their daily life. School
health is still a time-worn ritual of checking by a doctor
which only perpetuates a sense of dependency rather than
participation. Why cannot students and teachers undertake
most of their own check up with only a supporting role by
the professional?
This lack of health information together with the counter
information has not only reduced the people to medical
gulliblity but also prevents them from questioning the
professionals and demanding.the correct services which arc
due to them. It would be interesting to know how many
of our people are aware of the function and working of the
Primary Health Centres and hospitals as well as the duties
and responsibilities of the staff and the expenditure incurred
in the name of their health, as well as the duties and responsi
bilities of the staff. How can’they exert their rights in this
atmosphere of secrecy which is the major cause of lack of
accountability of the public sector and malpractice in the
private one?
The importance of environment is also self-evident.
Can one realy expect to improve the health of our people if
they have to continue to live in the foul slums or in the
unhealthy conditions of our poverty ridden villages? The
present Minister of Agriculture, Mr. M- S. Dhillon, states
that 2.27 lakh villages still have no proper source of potable
water and few of our slums have sanitation. What is
provided is often non-functional because of lack of main
tenance and repairs.
The advent of pollution of air, water and food by
industry and the uncontrolled use of pesticides and fertiliziers
15
pose a new hazard to those who have no alternative. The
safety record of most industries leaves much to be desired
and the government and its supervisory stall’ have shown
their inability to stand up to the money power ranged against
them. While the medical profession may not be directly
able to effect any changes they can surely draw the attention
of the State as well as of . the public to the consequences
which they see daily in their hospitals and clinics. Unfor
tunately. we often fall prey to the tempting offers of the
same business and industry to build more hospitals like a
Chest Hospital in Chembur to appease the public. Is it moral
to support those who create these hazards and help them to
project a false benevolent public image?
Forty-five per cent of our population consists of children
and half of the rest are women. Since the majority of the
problems of health and disease affect women and children, it
is evident that this is the section of our population which
should receive the most attention. Unfortunately, in our
male dominated society and culture, the female is the
most oppressed whether it be in nutrition, education or legal
rights. Yet it is the woman who bears the risk of child
bearing and the burden of childrearing, expends the greatest
amount of energy in the dual duties of caring for the home
as well as helping in the field and carrying head loads in
the EGS schemes. For this she is treated like a chattel,
battered by her husband, raped by the contractor and police
and burnt as a bride. Yet it is she who is responsible for
the physical and mental development of the next generation.
No programme for health can succeed unless it actively
involves the female population and does not treat them as
mere
targets for the MCH and Family Planning Pro
gramme.
This is why it is essential for a woman to be made fully
aware of her own ability to do anything and when bringing
16
up her children to make no difference between the sexes,
males or female. To let her daughters feel they are capable
of doing whatever her sons can do. If a woman is treated
like a chattel or a sex object it is because she herself accepts
the situation. It is not necessary to go on morchas. etc., and
make loud noises to prove their equality, and make demands
for equal rights. What is required is for a woman in her
own little environment to show that she is capable and con
fident of her ability to contribute to society as well as to the
health of her family in which she must play the crucial role.
Even though these are essentially non-medical areas the
medical profession can play a useful role not only as
responsible members of society but in view of the public con
fidence, they enjoy in all areas concerned with health.
They can act as catalysts for change by educating the
people in understanding the importance these factors play in
determining their health and encouraging and supporting
them in bringing about change through their .own effort.
We can also draw the attention of the politicians, planners.
and the bureaucracy, but ultimately, it is only the people
themselves who can solve their problems in these fields.
Let us now turn to those areas where the medical profes
sion can alnd should .play the dominant role. This is evident
in the case of acute medical and surgical emergencies. Also
in those conditions where the skills and .facilities that are
tequiredare beyond those which can be reasonably expected
of the people themselves ind can only be provided in hos
pitals for secondary and tertiaty care. Even in these areas
which are predominantly medical, it is important to see that
basic medical and surgical facilities for the common problems
are made available to all at the community level in what the
ICSSR/ICMR report has designated as the Community Health
Center. This report estimated that about 98% of preventive,
17
promotive as well as curative care can be undertaken at the
taluka or block level leaving only a small percentage of the
most difficult problems for the district and medical college
hospitals.
Unfortunately, our present priorities favour the
latter
which cater to the rich and affluent at the cost of basic
services for the majority. Such institutions which compete
for the latest expensive western high technology curative
services not only divert scarce resources but also set a perni
cious trend which percolates to the periphery. It also
creates tensions and unpleasant ethical problems for those
who cannot afford such services for their loved ones- Com
mercialization of curative medicine has also led to unethical
practices like excessive investigation and unnecessary treatment
which has already reached alarming proportions. The perco
lation of high technology medicine to the medical college
hospitals is particularly harmful as it inculcates wrong values
and ultimate disillusionment in the students, most of whom
will eventually have to work under far less ideal conditions.
' With the existing pattern of diseases and where our
population is distributed in the rural areas, the simple cottage
hospitals which were the backbone of curative medicine in
the west in the early part of this century, as well as the
present day country hospitals of China are much more suited
for our present needs than the modern disease palaces of
which we are so enamoured. Even in our own country, we
have examples of highly efficient small rural hospitals in the
voluntary sector which provide excellent care for most medi
cal and surgical problems at a reasonable cost which the
country can afford. They provide services which are often
more efficient than in our unmanageable large urban insti
tutions, under far more humane conditions and at a fraction
of the cost. Experiments have demonstrated that even in
18
the treatment of major problems like extensive burns, frac
tures, reconstructive surgery and head injuries, results can
be achieved by a genera! surgeon with basic medical and
surgical facilities in the community hospitals. Unfortunately
the training in the urban medical colleges is totally divorced
from the actual needs of the majority of our people
so that our modern doctor is ill suited to provide the
service our country needs most. It would be hard to devise
a more in appropriate medical education to meet the health
needs of our CountryWhile the more difficult aspects of curative medicine lie
chiefly in. the domain of the medical profession even here it
is important that the decisions on the type, location and
extension of such services cannot be left entirely to them or
as experience shows even to the government. Local people’s
committees should help in determining what is in their best
interest and the profession provide them the appropriate
information and guidance.
Besides the predominantly medical and non-medieal areas
lies a large zone of medical care which needs joint attention
from the professionals as well as the people. The control of
communicable diseases is a classical example for such a joint
effort- We have for too long tried to medicalize problems
of tuberculosis, leprosy, poliomyelities, filariasis, guincavjorm,
gastroenteritis, malaria and a host of similar problems which
represent the major cause of mortality and morbidity in our
country today. Except for small pox and partially in the
case of malaria, these diseases continue to take their relentless
toll despite the fact that we have the knowledge and tools
for their prevention, control and cure. Most of this know
ledge and technology is so simple, effective, cheap and safe
that several examples are available in our own country wlhere
semi-literat'e village women have proved their ability tH ab
sorb this knowledge and use the technology, provided this is
19
given to them in a simple manner which they can comprehend.
They have also demonstrated that in this they arc the most
effective agents for the contiol of these diseases.
The reason why the more highly trained and far more
expensive professionals and their services are unable to
achieve what simple village folk have done is because the
problem is not of knowledge and technology but in its deli
very which requires close proximity and a high level of
cultural affinity with the people. While the villager can
readily use the basic tools if made available to them it is
virtually impossible for the professionals to reach the masses
because of the physical, and even more important, the cultu
ral distance between them and the people. This gap is
directly related to the extent of training between the doctor
and the ordinary man. The over-production of doctors in
the hope that there will be a private practitioner in every
village has only resulted in the increase of malpractice and
exploitation of the people and the diversion of scarce
resources from food to medicine and injections without much
improvement in their health for by and large they have played
no role in the preventive and promotivc aspects which have
been relegated to a separate cadre. Even the mere multipli
cation of Primary Health Care Centres without determining
the leasons for the failure of the existing ones has only multi
plied our mistakes with merely marginal improvement in
health. The doctor who is the leader of the health team has
neither the training in epidemiology or managerial skills nor
an understanding of cultural, political and human dimensions
which play the most important role in determining success or
failure. Not willing to face this unpleasant reality, we have
clutched at a series of straws like unipurpose and multipur
pose workers, vertical and integrated services, management
information systems and targets, community health workers
under ever changing names and, health education. In final
desperation we have sought community participation by
20
which we mean that the community must line itself up and
help us to achieve our targets such as in family planning or
immunization. Family Planning has not only failed to
achieve its targets (the growth rate has hovered at about 2.2
for over two decades) but has virtually demolished all other
health programmes and even education in schools due to the
excessive coercive pressures exerted on all government staff
to meet the targets.
'7Ke.
'
' [Several Community Health Projects have demonstrated
that most communicable diseases can be controlled even
under the existing socio-economic conditions.
In the
Mandwa Project thirty village women given simple knowledge
through weekly discussions under the village tree, and with a
simple supportive service were able to achieve this. Let me
illustrate with a few examples. They took linger prick blood
smears of any patient suffering fiom fever with rigors and
gave them four tablets of chloroquine. If the smear were
positive they gave Primoquine treatment. More than that
they drew the attention of the village to control the mosquito
vector. They were remarkably efficient in suspecting tuber
culosis in individuals with the classical symptoms especially
if they were contacts of known cases. If the diagnosis was
established on examination of tiie sputum or X-ray they gave
the 90 streptomycin injections and supervised the regularity
of the other anStiiuberculosis treatment by convincing the
patient of its importance not only for himself but also for
the rest of his family. They also taught other simple
measures like disposal of sputum to prevent the spread of the
disease.
These women diagnosed twice as many leprosy patients as
the full-time leprbsy technicians, ensured that regular treat
ment with Dapsane was taken after confirmation of diagnosis
and since these Jure in the early stages, there was not a single
new case of deformity; the old deformed patients were helped
21
to return home and take regular treatment, for on having
seen the germs under a microscope they were able to convince
the village of chemical sterilization by regular treatment and
induced confidence by visiting the patients in their homes and
partaking of their meals.
There was a marked reduction in deaths from gastro
enteritis not only because of ORT but because of the creation
of an epidemiological consciousness in the villages for being
prepared for the monsoons.
The immunization rate for triple antigen rose from 15%
to 92% when the village health workers started giving them
injections on their daily rounds. Since all pregnant women
were identified and immunized there was not a single death
from tetanus in live years. No mass campaigns were ever
undertaken tn this project, yet the so-called targets set by
the PHC were over-reached even in family planning.
This people-based approach even succeeded in the detec
tion of cancer, mental illness and in rehabilitation of the
disabled, all without campaigns and camps and at a fraction
of the normal cost of our health services.
Let us not minimize the role of the profession and ser
vices in such a participatory approach. Their main function
should be of leaching and encouraging the people to look
after themselves to the extent possible and overcome the fears
inculcated through professional mystification.
Another
important role is to provide the necessary supportive service
for those few problems which require skills and facilities of
a higher level. Their’s is not to appropriate the functions
which tightly belong to the people, for experience has shown
that they cannot undertake these functions themselves even
at a far greater cost. The present approach has only led to
exploitation of the people’s health by the private sector and
22
lack of accountability of the public sector without much
impact on the health status as revealed by our statistics.
The supportive professionalized services have also to be
of a graded nature starting with the paramedical worker at
the subcenter to the surgeon and physician at the Community
Health Centre. The primary role of the Community Health
Centre should nevertheless be of monitoring the peoples
health with priority to the promative and preventive services.
The ICSSR/ICMR report has estimated that about 98% of
all health and illness care can be undertaken within a 100,000
population covered by the Community Health Centre at a
cost of about Rs. 30 per capita per annum leaving only a
marginal sector for tertiary hospital care. Also that this can
be achieved only if the people have the financial and
administrative control over their health services with guidance
and support by the professionals.
I know that this is a radical departure from the existing
situation and may not be readily acceptable to those who
beljeve that all decisions on health must be left only to the
medical profession. But four decades experience in an inde
pendent India has clearly demonstrated that we-have not
been able to achieve the desired result despite the vast expan
sion of medical services in both the public as well as the
private sector. 1
,
In conclusion let me quote from our own National Health
Policy of 1983 for there is no better statement of the medical
and non-medical problems of health as well as the guide
lines for their solution.
"In spite of such impressive progress, the demographic and
health picture if the country still constitutes a cause for
serious and urgent concern. The mortality rates for women
and children are still distressingly high; almost one third of
23
• the total deaths occur among children below the age of 5
years; the extent and severity of malnutrition continues to be
exceptionally high. Communicable and non-communicable
diseases have still to be brought under effective control and
eradicated.”
High incidence or preventive and infectious diseases, lack
of safe drinking water and poor environmental sanitation,
poverty and ignorance are among the major contributory
causes of the high incidence of disease and mortality.
The existing situation has been largely engendered by the
almost wholesale adoption of health manpower development
policies and establishment of curative centres based on the
western models, which are inappropriate and irrelevant to the
real needs of our people and the socio-economic conditions
obtaining in the country. The hospital-based disease, and
cure-oriented approach towards the establishment of mcdicaj
services has provided benefits to the upper crusts of society,
specially those residing tn the urban areas. The proliferation
of this approach has been at the cost of providing compre
hensive primary health care services-to the entire population,
whether, residing in the urban or the rural areas. Further
more, the continued high emphasis on the curative approach
has led to the neglect of the preventive, promotivc. public
health and rehabilitative aspects of the health care.
The existing approach instead of improving awareness
and building up self-reliance, has tended to enhance depen
dency and weaken the community's capacity to cope with its
problems. The prevailing policies in regard to the education
and training of medical and health personnel, at various
levels, has resulted in the development of a cultural gap bet
ween the people and the personnel providing care. The
various health programmes have, by and large, failed to
involve the individuals and families in establishing a self24
reliant community. Also, over the years, the planning pro
cess, has become largely oblivious of the fact that the
ultimate goal of achieving a satisfactory health status for all
our people connot be secured without involving the commu
nity in the identification of their health needs and priorities
as well as in the implementation and management of the
various health and related programmes.
It is necessary to secure the complete integration of all
plans for health and human development with the overall
national socio-economic development process, and specially
in the more closely health related sectors, e.g., drugs and
pharmaceuticals, agriculture and food production, jural deve
lopment, education and social walfare. housing water supply
and sanitation, prevention of food adulteration, maintenance
of prescribed standards in the manufacture and sale of drugs
and the conservation of the environment to provide universal
comprehensive primary health care services, relevant to the
actual needs and priorities of the community at a cost which
the people can afford.
Why is it then that we continue to give priority to sophis
ticated curative services in the cities which arc chiefly
utilized by the rich and influential while neglecting preven
tive. promotivc and basic curative services for the majority?
Why do we produce 60,000 formulations of drugs worth
Rs. 2,500 crores which reach only 20% of the population
when WHO recommends only 253 drugs and Rs. 750 crores
worth would suffice for all our people if used in an ethical
manner? Why do we permit almost unlimited import of
expensive medical equipment like CT scanners costing over
one crore of rupees when we find it difficult to provide basic
medicines, X-ray plates and.simple equipment to district
leave aside the rural hospitals?
25
The annual cost of operating a single CT scanner is about
4.5 lakhs, which helps in the diagnosis of only 3000 patients.
This is equivalent to the annual expenditure on five small 100bedded or one large 400-bedded district hospital treating 5
lakh patients undertaking 2,600 surgical operations, or the
annual cost of operating 9 Primary Health Centres serving
2.7 lakh population.
Why do the seniormost representatives of our people, lend
their support to this type of technology which is condemned
by our government, by inaugurating these 5-star hospitals
while proclaiming that we are next to none in medical
technology, yet when it comes to personal treatment they
have no hesitation in going abroad for medical care at the
taxpayer’s expense.
26
Main identity
From:
To:
Sent:
Attach:
"DiREC t'ORATE" <chai@pol net.in>
"Community Health Cel!" <sochara@vsnl.corn>
Saturday, October 18, 2003 11:18 AM
ifTvnahon card-nnaLdoc: coricaptpaper-DJ.doc: Diamond Jubilee-writ© up.doc
(rF°&>
I
P
Dear Sr.Thelma Narayan
Please fine* attached the invitation card, concept paper on Universal Access to Health and a write up on our
Diamond Jubiiee.
With best wishes
Fr Sebastian Ousepparampil
THE CATHOLIC HEAI TH ASS
Smi.iiuoori vajrunuua Kuiyana iviandapam
Near Karkhana Police Station, Secunderabad
Director.
Telephone: 27848293 27848457 27841610 27898756
lai): ohaigc.pol.net. in
J'
SATURDAY 25 OCTOBER 2003
INTERNATIONAL CONSULTATION ON
UNIVERSAL ACCESS TO HEALTH
Chief Guest: Dr Nina Urwantzf, Misereor, Germany
inaugural FUNCTION
09 50 am - 09 55 am
09.55 sm -10.00 am
10.00. am -10.30 am
10.30 am —10.40 am
10.40 am —10.50 am
10.50 am -11.00 am •
invocation [Welcome uancoj
Lighting of the Lamp
Welcome Address
Sr Marcy Abraham, Prasidant. CHAI
Presentation on CHAI & High lights of the Consultation
- Fr Sebastian Ousepparampil, Director, CHAI
Presidential Address
- Bishop Thumma Bala
QiShop uf \^/arailQQI
Message by Guest of Honour
- Dr Rabia Mathat Global Director of Proorammes.
CMMB Now York
Address by the Chief Guest
Dr Nina Urwantzf Misoroor. Gormanv
11.00 am - 11.05 am
11.05 am-11.30 am
- Sr Fatima PBVM. Associate Director (P & M).
CHAI
COFFEE
SCIENTIFIC SESSIONS
11.30 am-01.10 pm
01.10 pm-02.30 pm
02.30 pm - 03.30 pm
03.30 pm - 04.00 pm
04.00 pm-05.00 pm
05.00 pm - 05.05 pm
Scientific Sessions
LUNCH
Gensral Discussion
TEA
Plenary Sessions
vote Oi Thanks
- Sr Dr Vllaya Sharma, Councillor, CHAI
AWAn Q_NJG HI
Prayer/Welcome Dance
Welcome
Sr Sunita Antony, Secretary, CHAI
Introduction
- Fr Sebastian OuseonaramoH Director CHA!
Presidential Address
- Archbishop 'M doji, Archbishop of Hyderabad
Address bv the Chief Guest
Dr N Janardhan Reddy,
Hon. Minister for Panchayat Rai, Govt. ofAP
Folk Dance [from CHA T Region]
07.20 pm-07.30 pm
A7 00 _ AO 00 pjyj
08.00 pm-08.10 pm
08.10 pm - 08 35 pm
08.35 pm - 08.45 pm
08.45 pm - 08.55 pm
G8.55 pen — 08.05 pm
09.05 pm - 09.10 pm
r i e^entation of Award to cursranding Indidiuoals
Mime {from CHAKE Region]
Presentation of Awards to outstanding Member
insiiiUiions
Puppet Show on LPG {from RUPCHA Region}
Presentation of Awards to outstanding Member
Institutions
Folk Dance [from NECHA Region]
Presentation of prizes of National Essay Competition
Skit on Malaria Control [from CHAMP Region]
Vote of Thanks
G3.3G om —10. GO orn
Dinner
SUNDAY 26 OCTOBER 2003
OTAMONO JUBILEE CELE8P.ATTONS
Chief Guest:
Prof Ummareddy Venkateshwariu
Hon .Member of Perliament
Lighting of the Lamp
Welcome address
Diamond Jubilee Highlights: Universal Access to
Health - Thrusts
10.00 am -10.10 am
Presidential address
1010 am-10.30 am
Archbishop Emeritus, Sangalore
Feiiciation Speeches
Address by the Chief Guest
Hon. Member of Parliament
Commitments & Oath
vOiS of thanks
Fr Abraham Vadana, Associate Director (Fin),
10.57 am -11.30 am
12.30 pm -12.40 pm
National Anthem
COFFEE
Vote of Thanks
- President of CHAI
LUNCH
Th© CstzhoHc Health Association of Indio
rrlin'/o, otaii Road, Gunrock Enclave. Secunderabad - 500 009
piafnoi'id Juj>n©e
The Catholic Health Association of India is celebrating its diamond jubilee.
The organization has grown in terms of its memberships, services and
expanded the scope for encompassing and achieving the mission for which it
was established in 1943. The organization has been shaped and nurtured by
the visionsries who directed it os well ss by the impact of national and
international hsppenings. There have been paradicjm shifts to meet the
needs and to fulfill the vision and mission of reaching the poor and
marginalized.
* he Catholic Hospital Association was founded in 1943 when the world was at
war; and when Bengal was in 'die grip of a raging famine caused not due to
the lack of food but due to disorganisation: casualties were too many and
sick and displaced were pouring into Calcutta. The Japanese bombs had
shocked Calcutta. It was a year of great medicai need. Army nospitais had
been set up in India with neither enough infrastructure nor manpower. The
archbishop or Madras was bringing ;n sisters and securing permission for
them to practice medicine.
Inspired by the teaching of Pope Pius XII to 'organize the forces of good' and
the medical associations in India and abroad, the sisters from the
CGi’iy f€:y atiGTiS Gt St. ARi’iG a Rd tiiG SvCiety Oi JeSUSr Mai*y ai‘id Joseph CohIc
together in 1941 tor ah Informal meeting at Guntur which eventually led to
the forme tion of the Catholic Hospital Association.
lersg! Access to Health - Lets join hands and make it a n
Health Association of xndia
The
-- i u/'/o, oiaii nOaU, oUnfOCK ciiuidve, OeCUnu&i’dOctO — JuU Uu8
16 sisters came together for the first meeting.
1.10 establish a catholic medicai coiiege and a coilegiate course in nursing.
rhe Catnolic Hospital Association (CHA) was registered in 1944 covering
India, Burma. Sri Lanka and Pakistan (after partition tiii 1956). Reporting the
event,, an editor in Tiruchirapally headlined it as the "Genesis of a Great
December-lyoi. She was on rhe Board as the first vice-president tiii October
CHA walked with the times. It was instrumental in obtaining the recognition
CHA was represented at national and international ieveis. Professional
associations were established with Catholic Hospital Associations of other
Hospitals,- and indo-German Social Service Society - Misereor for evaluating
was granted B (associatej membershi
International Federation at London in 1965.
During the first general body meeting in April 1944 at Bangalore,, it was
decided, "to publish a pamphlet or magazine". The in-house bulletin named
tiGspitcsi ’was pudished. ! he magazine was registered by the Post
Master General,. Bihar and Orissa Circle oh February 13, 1945, in Patna.
monthly, lhe magazine was subseouentw reoistered in New Delhi under the
Association — India, Pakistan, Burma and Ceylon. "Pakistan" first appears in
the title on the Januarv-February 1959 issue. The articles projected what was
contemporary medicai movements.
country approximately a hundred Catholic Hospitals. Thev vary in size.
beds... careful observation shows chat the most acutely felt need Is for
Universal Access to Health - Lets join hands and make it a reality
?.«£i
ASSOCSStJOn Os JOOjr?
ffi'jiiu. 5iaii Road. Gunrock Enclave, Secundefabao - GGG GGG
i he Annual Conventions of catholic hospitals were organized every year with
1. io hold the business meetings of the association, namely the Annual
2. io discuss current topics on health 8nd hoedth roldtod issues^ and
3. To orovide for an exchange of views and experiences at individual and
For many years CHAI functioned from the CBC^ Centre New Delhi
The golden era of CHAI was marked with two important meetings that
initiated thinkino reoardino the Church's role in health healino and
wholeness. .A landmark meeting took place in 1968 in Bangalore with CHAI
and CMC. It resuited in establishing a Coordinating Agency for Heaith
Planning (CAHP) in 1969, which grew into Voluntary Health Association of
health projects by NGOs in the country, i his was also the early phase of
structural analysis of society in India to understand the root cause of
Hasrorai Care service, Legal Service Department and the Medical Moral
Affairs Department. A year later, the Central Purchasing Service (CPS) was
equipment for health services against payment in foreign exchange. During
this time CHAI was also involved in providing educational services
(ii’ifOi motion fOyoi tiiiig SOiTiifioi S dud COUi’SeS available), fOpiiOSOhtotiOfiS li t
India and abroad, evaluation service to funding agencies regarding projects,
nursing and medical personnel during natural disasters.
an important event. India along with the other nations committed itself to
care as a major strategy. CHAI as one of the three main national level co
coordinating agencies of the voluntary health sector in India adopted for
Universal Access to Health - Lets join hands and make it a reality
The c??thc!?c Health
ot Itsnis
The theses of Cjeveiopment of CHAI
The Eighties witnessed several events, CHAI began to focus more specifically
and analytically on problems and needs o" the poor and marginalized. It
articulated a new vision or health and developed strategies and programmes
to achieve the same. Community Health was identified as a priority and
considered as a major thrust area. Thus, a community health department
was initiated in November 1981 and was expanded in 1983, equipping
members all over the country through training and promoting training for
village health workers. Attempts were made co form regional units of CHAI.
Besides the existing unit in Kerala, new units were started in Karnataka,
Bihar, Orissa, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh. Later additions units were
NECHA (North; Eastern CHA covering the seven North. Eastern States./ and
R.UPCHA (Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh CHA).
The in-house magazine ' Medical Service" evolved into "Health Action"
brought out under a separate society registered in 1987 called "Health
accessories tor ah (r>A> a/ . > >eat'r>7 muiwi is the monthly magazine orought
out by the publication wines of CHAI.
The eighties also witnessed another major chanae. The headquarters was
shifted" to Secunderabad from Delhi in 1986 and the registered office
continued to function in CBCI Campus, New Delhi.
Goiden jtibiiee Celebrations
The 50c" annual conventions was organized in 1903 at Secunderabad,
Association, While promoting Community health, CHAI's members feit
challenged to Involve themselves in the struggles of the boor. They began to
view health as a basic human right.
Universal Access to Health - Lets ioin hands and make it a reality
ttko
Health Association of India
Alb/A), Stdu nOaCi, GUftfOCK EfiCidVe. oftCUnderdbau — 5u0 009
I he evaluation (Golden Harvest) dona as part of the celebrations had clearly
marked the thrust. In place of the Alma Ata slogan of Health for AH by 2000,
CHAI coined a more realistic motto; "Health for many more by many more".
As part of this motto, the mission statement of CHAI was developed. Tn the
light of the mission, The Catholic Hospital Association of India was renamed
aS Catholic Health Association ol India.
k diOCeSan;
ed to develop a three-tier — national, regional and district
> — approach to tackle the issues, it developed new
ss decentralization, bottom-up approach and networking in
diocesan levels in the area of functions, finances and administration. The
reaional units have become active and are able to plan and monitor the
process. Decentralization was strengthened through amendments to the
constitution, planning at the regional ievei, forming core teams and
ana efficient functioning; the units are equipped with knowledge
ZFainijiy and Otjici' programmes on areas like leadership, governance,
perspective building, financial management, alternative systems of medicine,
con’imup.iceble diseeses, strategic planning 2nd msnsgeiYient skills end
others.
jn the membership (region-
available.
Intensified efforts In disaster management area led to the formation of
Disaster Management Cell. The Legal Aid Cel! was initiated as new laws
regarding hospital and related areas are being brought into effect.
Documentation process is given a separate identity to meet the needs of
times.
Networking and collaboration with international and national organizations
Services, Maitesar, UNIDAS, People's Health Assembly (PHA), National AIDS
Control Organisation, State AIDS Control Societies of Andhra Pradesh,
Maharashtra and Jamil Nadu; Sight Savers, Government of And,hra Pradesh
etc. Active involvement with CBCI in the World Day of the sick and others
like .AIDS Ral!u oraanized by World Vision. The organization is involved in
addressing issues at natioiial level, thus, ennanctny its creuibiiiiy.
Universal &CCS3S j-0 Health - Lets join hands and make it a reality
means more neovie a
nttiy
iged
md prudent policy-making will
rr Sebastian Ousepparamnii
;tory that has cuncmiv landed us m a global health crisis characterized bv
nd between countries. Despite Hie tremendous medical advances arid
the world. Enduring poverty with all its impacts and the renewed onslaught of
lisease and the HTV7AEDS pandemic are leading to reversals of previous health gains.
inis deMdopment is associated with widening gaps in income and shrinking access to social services as
well as persistent racial and gender imbalances. From a number of countries in South Asia, Sub-Saharan
uinerable sections of trie population, including indigenous peoples. iradinonai systems
1! rs ■" ell-esE'blrd ;esc-cial systems in tire Met tit are under threat. It is also
>uble talk. lack oi pultuCai will and commitment andbtueailCiaiic beuayal
ioveuuiK
'tree?
ries. me persistent indebtedness of the South, inequitable world trade
rd financial spoeulatioi: — all part of die rapid iihrvement towards
ies these problems are compounded by lack of co-ordination between
telateral agencies as well as extensive duplication of worfc among these
xter failur' to implement primarc health can-. ;T’IIC) policies as orisiiiallv
significanrty aggravated the global health crisis coupled with the
e> aupaiimg as die statistics shows
" ■ - • twen'MBOr, nearly2mi
'113 cases emerge- ot India 4. W,tJW die each} ear.
e diseases like diarthoea, typhoid, cnotera and infectious hepatitis account jor 8G% oj
Troblems and even forthperson dying ofsuch disease is an Indian.
It is u uc u mi ovei die kei years a vast network ofhealth cate services aadpetsonuel has been built up
in our country. Special mention should be made of the top quality institutions ofresearch and training and
service depending on wean hospitals with a curative approach, Despite the. establishment of targe
number of ri-iinnn- health centres (PHCs) and niral hospitals, its urban bias is still pronounced and
dispropcationaiciy large expeuuiiute is stul ntcuiied in urban areas. Bulk or the medical paciiiion&s and
services are concentrated in the urban areas. The principal beneficiaries of these Medicare services are the
of india s population remain outside the purview of health care services just as tire other benefits of
Eknuxs trained at huge puouc cost arc not available io serve ilic rural areas. Globalization,
privatization and liberalization has made health care services beyond the reach of 90% of
Aiisit t iaiivfe perspective
should t?ke mto account the inner strength, vitalitv and resilience Indta has with its own systems of
medicines In tliis '-■n'leavour the "ttnchaMtii Rtn msUluliens al the grassroots lets! tsc required to be
strensthened and enroov.ered with adequate funds, power, responsibility, and requisite inibrmation at ail
timately oj
:hiid mortality and life-expectancy have improved in ail regions of the world
disaggregation of these data reveals that the gap in mortality rates between rich and poor
sualan-s, yel'oo
tI-, dengue, etc. while itc-.v epidemics, notably
s-ii\■’■ Aii/Sb. uneaten <iiib ceutuiy s health gams in ntauv. mostiv developing countries.
•oung children being malnourished and almost a billion people receiving less than their
Acme respiratory imeciivu (Aivi; ant* uiarmoea uiseases arc ine two leading causes oa
death in children under 5 slohallv with the overwhelming majority of cases occurring in
fatality rates bin the impact has been less than anticipated due to interrupted and
inaccessible supplies of oral dehydrations solution, improper usage and an unabated high
incidence oi diarrhoea as a result oi minimally improved environmental hygiene and
oersistinc malnutrition
Maternal neaidi nas received iai less attention than child health, with levels of maternal
mortality and morbidity from largely preventable causes in developing (particularly the
David Sanders
Position: 918 (5 views)